Home
        User Manual
         Contents
1.                                                                                                   45  3 1 Updating the MCU  flash  firmware                   eere esee eene                                    46  3 2 Updating the Configuration FPGA  PROM  firmware                 eese esee eese            47  4 PROGRAMMER   S             www 50  4 1 Cypress     7  068013                                        51  42 Configuration                                                      51   42 1 Configuration Register Map                                                                                           52  43 Vendor Request                                                                      54  44 USB Reference Design Control            csssssssssssssssssssssssscssesssesscsesesssssssesssessssessssssssesesssessseeussssssssssssesasesscessseesesesssoseseenenscasese 55   44 1 Main                                           55   4 4 2 CEOD EEE ETTE TO  gem 56   4 4 3 D COLI cm                               M            H 56                                  1 OVERVIEW            tend 57  2 CONFIGURATION CIRC UT 2                                                                  58  2 1  9                   58  2 2 Configuration Options             cccsssssssssossssssesssesscsesesssssssesseessssesssessssssesssessseesesessssssssesecssessssesesssesesssessesasesssusessesesesssossssenerscasese 59   2 2 1 CompactFlash    59         2 2 2                     63  2 2 3                   
2.                                                                           126  83 Daughter card                                                                      X 127  8 3 1 Types 1 and 2 Short  300        amp  400pin Short             128  8 3 2                                      128  8 3 3                 RE 129  9 WEDS p                                                                                     129  10 MGT SERIAL RESOURCES mm 134  10 1       lt           134  10 2 RocketlO                            135  10 3 RocketIO Clock ResourceS         csccssssssssssssssssssssscccsssssssssssccessssssseessssssesssesessssesssssssessesessseseseesesscessseesseesasesssssnesesesssesesees 137  10 3 1 Daughter card input    137  10 3 2 Synthesizers       5 137  10 3 3 Samtec           138  10 3 4 Oscillators         138  10 3 5                                                          143  10 4 MGT Power network            143  10 4 1                                        145  10 4 2      CES 2                                                             145  10 5 Conhecti  nS                                                       145  10 5 1 Samtec Multi Gigabit Cable Connector      148  10 5 2 Optical                                                   2150  10 5 3                    150  10 5 4 SFP Expansion CPLD  151  10 5 5                      153  10 5 6 XFPTIC           o   154  10 5 7        expansions                                  154  10 5 8 The daughter             
3.                                               Available Operations are              Operations E Boundary Scan    INFO iMPACT 501    1   Added Device xcf32p successfully        PROGRESS END   End Operation    Elapsed time   1 sec           BATCH CMD   identifyMPM          BATCH CMD   assignFile  p 1  file  C i work DN configcode ConfigFPGA DNS000k10 prom flp mcs    1   Loading file  C  work DN configcode ConfigFPGA DNS8000kiO0 prom _flp mes        done    INFO iMPACT 1835   Loading CFI file C  work DN configcode ConfigFPGA DNS000k10 prom flp cfi   CFI file not found  proceed with device default setting           BATCH CMD   set  ttribute  position 1  attr packageName  value   null                      Eror   Warming              Configuration   Platform Cable USB   6 MHz   usb hs     Figure 20  Impact may ask you to open an impact project  Hit cancel   Choose the menu option File gt Initialize Chain    Impact should detect 2 devices in the JTAG chain xcf32p and xc4vlx80  For each item in the  chain Impact will direct you to select a programming file for each  For the xcf32p device  select  the Configuration FPGA Firmware update file provided by Dini Group  This file should be  named prom flp mcs  Hit Open  Impact will then ask for a programming file to program the  xc4vlx80  Press Bypass     To program the prom  right click on the prom and select  Program     from the popup menu   In the options dialog that follows  the options    Erase before programming  should be selected 
4.                                              w20  ook            selection  Slave  FPGA PROGn A        Wee PROGRAM B                      85 Select  FPGA        A FPGA CSn            NIT    electmap   FPGA_CSn_A                5        DONE     FPGA RD WRn A FPGA             yi8   RDWR    x PWRDWN     W245 R226  25    FPGA_BUSY_A          AA20        BUSY 1K  BUSY    BUSY  Y23              GND  x  n Y24 ET R20     2 MSEL BV                M      1K  TEE      214  JTAG          TM     ove            wet  UTAG_FPGA_TCKAC as TCK  JTAG_FPGA_TDI    LFPGA ABIT  TDI VCCO            TDO VCCO 0  vaa  ae          0        d  2 R223        OR   DNI          JTAG FPGA TDIB  C     TAG FPGA                  If you ordered your DN8000K10 with one      more FPGAs not installed  then a bypass jumper  is installed connecting the TDI pin to the TDO pin of the uninstalled FPGA  In this way  the  JTAG chain remains intact     The signal TCK is buffered in a 1 16 buffer  U209     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 64       HARDWARE    The signal TMS is buffered in a 1 4 buffer  and fanned out by 4    2 2 3 SelectMap  All other configuration methods use the Virtex 4 SelectMap interface  SelectMap is an 8 bit  interface described in the Virtex 4 Configuration guide     INITBO  INITB1  INITB2  INITB3    D 7 0        The SelectMap interface on the DN8000K10 is split into four separate interfaces  for electrical  reasons  FPGA       F1  F2       are on one segment  FPGA       F5  F6  F7 are on the 
5.                                 113  7 FPGA DRAM MEMORY INTERFACE                                 niania Eanna aaaea aaa Kan aeaa aaa a iaai aiaia RAEE 115  7 1                                                                                                 115  INS                                                                           116   7 2 1                                                                                            116   7 2 2 So  rcessynchronous ClockImp                       o QE      v ex      116  7 3 SODIMM Power Supply                                 116  74                  Memory                          1 2     11                                    117    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 5       ABOUT THIS MANUAL                      8 DAUGHTER CARD INTERFACE                                   Dese as ot                                                          118  8 1 Daughter card                                       8 1 1 Daughter Card Locations    8 1 2 Daughter                                8 1 3 serion and Temoydl                                       8 2     Daughter Card Electrical                                                                122  8 2 1 Pin assignments    8 2 2       VREF DOL                                 125  8 2 3 Global CLOCKS    125  8 2 4 Power and Reset  gt   8 2 5                      EO RTA TE A E OS EE ETA             8 2 6 LEE ODIETA          E      E E E      E EE  8 2 7                            
6.                                 GCLKO    The IOs for the test        configured as 10 1 pin multiplexed IOs using the Xilinx ISERDES and  OSERDES modules   See Hardware  FPGA Interconnect   GCLKO supplies the serial clock to the  serdes modules at 350Mhz  The serdes modules provide a backend parallel interface at 70Mhz   Data is generated pseudo randomly using a LFSR     The design reference for this reference design is Xilinx App note XAPP704     The external signals are configured as LVDS differential IO  Each external IO uses 2  OSERDES modules in ganged mode  and 2 ISERDES modules in ganged mode  The latency  of the OSERDES LVDS ISERDES system is 2 clock cycles     2 3 4 Clock Summary  The clocks used in the Dini Group DN8000K10 reference design            DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 180       REFERENCE DESIGN    GCLKO     LVDS interconnect  350Mhz  LVDS design only    GCLK1     DDR2 interface  200Mhz  Main  test design only    GCLK2     Main Bus interface  48Mhz       designs    REFCLK     IDELAY modules  200Mhz  LVDS design only    MGTCLK   RocketIO modules  RocketIO control  250Mhz  RocketIOtest  v4 design only     3 Address Maps    3 1 Memory Space   The DN8000K10 reference design is controlled from the configuration FPGA over the  MBS80B 79 0  bus  All reference design functions are controlled by    memory mapped register  interface  This memory mapped interface can be accessed through the USB controller program   by main txt file commands  and through the
7.                                Right    Functional Assignment    Left    Functional Assignment  Column Tiles Column  Tiles  109 SFP modules 101 Samtec channels 5 and 6  FX100 only   110 XFP Modules  production parts only  102 End Launch SMA connector pairs  112 Daughter card channels 3 and 4 103 Straight SMA connector pairs  113 Daughter card channels 1 and 2 105 Samtec channels 3 and 4  114 Samtec channels 7 and 8      100 only  106 Samtec channels 1 and 2       Table XXX RocketIO Tile Assignments for FPGA 12  FX60 100     10 2 RocketlO signaling       CML Output Driver    U035 06 091903    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 135             HARDWARE    PACKAGE  PINS MULTI GIGABIT TRANSCEIVER CORE               Termination Supply RX    ta Receiver Loop    Dig    Pre Driver Loopback Path    VTTX  1 5V     TXP    TXN       03095    22 096908    Figure 6 7  Transmit Termination    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com          FPGA FABRIC    RXLOCK and TXLOCK  RXPFECCLKI RXRECCLK2FOEXPCSHCLKOUT  RXPOLARITY  RXREALIGN  RXCOMMADET                            ENMCOMMAALIGN  RXCOMMADETUSE  RXSLIDE  RXDECC64Bs6BUSE  RXDECSB108USE    RXDAT A e2 0   RXNOTINTABLE 7 0   RXDISPERR 7 0   RXCHARISK 7 0   RXCHARISCOMMA 7 0   RXRUNDISP 7 0   RXSTATUS s o   RXBUFERR  ENCHANSYNC  CHBONDI 42   CHBONDO 4     RXLOSSOFSYNC 1 0   RXBLOCKSYNCe4BesBUSE  RXDESCRAMS4BSEBUSE  RXIGNOREBTF  TXBUFERR    TXDATA 6 0   TXBYPASSsB108 7 0   TXCHARISK  0   TXCHARDISPMODE 7 5   TXCHARDISPVAL 7 0   TXKERR 7 0  
8.                              65  2 2 4 IDE  Remote Compact Flash  65  2 2 5                                                                       T 66  2 3 The Configuration                                                          M               66         2 3 1 Config FPGA Configuration    23 2 Smart Media   Compact Flash          2 3 3 MECU communica NON                                                     69   2 3 4           COMME MT 69   2 3 5   2 3 6        BUS CONO                 72   2 3 7   2 3 8   2 3 9   2 3 10                                 72  24 FPGA configuration Process            cssssssssssssscscsssesssssssecssesssesscsesssssssssessscessesssessssssesssessssoussssssesssessssasesssesesessesssssseesesesseesses 72          25 3                                                          2 5 4 Memory space   2 5 5 Contig PRGA Memory Space eriari              EEO OTTE OEEO ONEEN  79  2 5 6 Flashiand SRAM Memory SD  ACe     i iieri      81  2 5 7 TSB                                                                                P 81    DN8000K10 User Guide www  dinigroup com 4       ABOUT THIS MANUAL    2 5 8                                                       84    3 sed c                                                                           85    3 1 Global Clocks      3 1 1 ICS 8442 Phases            88  3 1 2 SS  Single Step  Clocks              3 1 3 DIV Clocks  90  3 1 4 WSC                                                                                 
9.                          155  10 5 9 The                              E 157  11          SYSTEM                                                            enade doTn sara inar GNEIS        Dee                      158  12 MECHANICAL seas ta ha cas hac ia ieee cde ate                                                                                160  12 1                     160  12 2 Base        A                      T T EE T EE O 160    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 6       ABOUT THIS MANUAL       13 TEST POINTS AND                              ccccietstccccecsdscccteyetaecdevecedeestecdegucvedececevadsedsesesducseceestcdesdevecesueseodleeuntive 162  13 1 Test      wssscsiccsvscccsstssassscaderssivecdsudecedadestasessesscesseactsnssbsusdecessasessssoudusevonssbsecsevudcassacstossvboasseeslasscsasscedsvechsusstenscesssesl  nesesscasnes 162  13 2                                   2 2                                             164         REFERENCE DESIGN    7  1 EXPLORING THE REFERENCE                                                                                                                                                                                                                168  1 1 What is      Reference Design                        168  1 2 Running      Reference Design           scsssssscssssssssssssssscsssssssssssscssssssssssesssssssssssssscessesssessscssasssssssessssssssessssssscasssesssnssasacessssseenas 170  1 2 1 The  Precompiled  Bit HES    
10.                       5 5               5 5      25 xran     FoUT  Hi   x         9 10 28                  R279  17 a R240 100 284   1    test      ete     15 16 X        M2  8   lt  x X   3MS3  1  17 18   0392 32 4  19 20 FX0_CABLE_CIN1p 8 2 X71  M4  8         CABLE CINin                       21  5  8  21 22 x    7 2 E  RIN    2 me  5  23 24   5 3 2    23 56 3 OUT              34       7  x 58    DIN DOUT  X   3i        3 P piv Ho                   2  29                             499 6           31 32 9 1 R257 x  vec GND  38 34 R258 VA lf ouk  35 36   49 9 IS0LVi79W    a  37 38 22  FXO_CLKO_XTALSEL XTAL_SEL  39 49 L FX0 CLKO VCOSEL       VCO SEL                 43 zn 1        CLK0 SCLK 1815 clock voca Ht     x ALLCLK SDATA S DATA  e ALLCLK SLOAD 20   S LOAD   252 10 0     0   26        LOAD       17                    4234 QSE 014 01 F D DP A ALLCLK_SRST     gt  MB  i      1 vec H9  VEE 2             ICS84321    10 3 4 Oscillators  Own power supply from 5 0 to 3 3  Epson EG 2102CA or Vectron VS 500 on top of each    othet    OSCO S 3VREG                     RIO_OSCO_COUT    To FPGA  FO        __      _      _  5    _    _         COutput  RIO OSCO OUT    Output    0379 EG 2101CA     lt                   OSCO AC        Since it is impossible to determine during manufacturing the clocking requirements of every  possible end application  the DN8000K10 comes with a flexible clock network capable of a  wide range of serial frequencies  while maintaining the tight jitter requir
11.                    TYPE 1    7 0  X 2 75  TYPE 2    7 0  X 2 75                       TYPE 0  7 0  X 2 75   TYPE 3A  8 2  X 4 2                                   DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 127       HARDWARE    8 3 1 Types 1 and 2 Short  300         400pin Short   The DNMEGOBS 300 is Type 1  The DNMEGOBS 400 is Type 2 short  See Ordering  Information  Option Equipment  Daughter cards    2 75                                          NEEE          us  View  Top Side View  Top Side  400 Pin Receptacle on Back 300 Pin Receptacle on Back    P N  74390 101   P N  84553 101      f  5 Y           gt      1 950      lt  0 500   gt         gt  lt        1 950  0 500     The mounting hole positions are standard  and the DN8000K10 has holes in its base plate to  accommodate these holes  See Appendix  Assembly    8 3 2          3  300pin    The 300 pin connectors connected to FPGAs F3 and F15 have the GCLKC pins  however   these pins do not connect to the global clock network as described in the Global Clock section  of the Daughter card electrical specification  Instead  these pins connect to FPGA global input  pins on the associated FPGA  The two type 3 connectors on the DN8000K10 are        P104  DC4  F3  P109  DC9    15  These two daughter card headers also do not follow the header spacing requirement and a type     2 daughter card plugged in to these connectors will extend slightly beyond the edge of the  DNS8000K10 s outline     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 128
12.                  10  GND 1        1  16       voo 3                58442    1226 GO UserClock   J227 GO UserClock   J228 G1 UserClock   J229 G1 UserClock   J230 G2 UserClock   231 G2 UserClock        Figure 28 User clock input SMAs    The SMA pairs can be found at the lower  right hand corner of the board  They are labeled                  PHO                       1     and    EXTCLK_PH2       DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 91       HARDWARE          main txt file  GCLKO SELECT SMA    Figure 29 SMA select syntax example             3 2 Reference Clock      fourth ICS8442 synthesizer drives its own  dedicated global clock network   This Synthesizer s  output can be programmed like         Ph1 and Ph2  but cannot be divided by the configuration  FPGA and cannot be driven from SMA inputs     By convention  this clock is set to 200Mhz  and used to provide the reference clock for the  Virtex 4 IDELAYCTL module  which requires it  However  REFCLK can be used for any  putpose and set to any frequency in the range 31 700Mhz  The reference crystal is 25 0Mhz     The IDELAYCTL module requires a clock in the range 190 210Mhz  This frequency can also  be generated easily from any of the other global clock networks  at least 7 5Mhz  using the  FPGA s frequency synthesis capabilities   The            output of the DCM      3 3 Daughter card clocks   Four global clock networks are provided that are sourced from the daughtercard headers  The  network    DCOCLK    can be sourced from
13.                  213  3 2 2 Physical orientation and Origin      14  3 2 3 Part Pin                                       14  3 2 4 Schematic Clippings    14  3 25 Media card interface                                    14  3 2 6 Config FPGA                                               14  3 2 7 Terminology           14  3 2 8 PRGA Numbering               15  QUICK START GUIDE    i  1                                      co                                                                              deeecec               16  2 ESD  WARNING             17  3                                        6                      18    3 1 Check Power JUMPE                                            Eii 18    ABOUT THIS MANUAL       3 2 Memory and heat sinks    3 3 lgvdrugquuiiuicio                                                                20  3 4 Connect Cables                                                                                                               22  3 5                                 2                                 22  3 6 Check Power indicator                                                                             23    3 7 View configuration feedback over RS232  3 7 1 Watch startup sequence over RS232           3 7 2 Interactive        SUPAMOM m  3 7 3 Read Temperature                            26  3 7 4    nE            NE      T ES                     E 27  3 8 Check LED status lights                                               28  4 USING THE
14.                 001                                    U          UO                                                       lt               gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt     gt            gt                                                                       I      p p                DGCLKO Select  DCO 62 5MHz    or DC1  DGCLK1 Select  DC2 250Mhz    or DC3  DGCLK2 select  DC5    or DC6   DGCLK3 select           or DC8         end             Figure 4    5  Insert the CompactFlash card labeled    Reference Design  into the DN8000K10 s  CompactFlash  CF  slot  If the DN8000K10 is in a chassis  there is a remote CF slot on  the faceplate of the chassis     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 21       QUICK START GUIDE    3 4 Connect cables   The configuration circuitry can accept user input to control  FPGA configuration      provide feedback during the  configuration process  The configuration circuitry IO can also  be used to transfer data to and from the user design  This can be  done over USB with the provided software  or over RS232 with     serial port terminal        1  Use the provided ribbon cable to connect the MCU RS232 port  P204  to a computer  serial port to view feedback from the configuration circuitry during FPGA  configuration  Using the cables provided  the red stripe on the cable indicates pin one   Pin one is labeled            on   204     2  Runa serial terminal program on your PC 
15.                 RXPPADB 103    4  AD34   BXNPADB 103 AVCCAUXMGT 103               MGT25 1 108 VC              1 103 Fais  VCC MGT25  2992999 29                  0220  555555     888888    222222  556555  Vinex a       52 SEES    5   lt  lt  lt        HARDWARE    9137 ACT NOUMT         SINK            SOTE  XILINX CES  DEVICE FARATA           RIO  GE REGILATOR            M pn T  m PEXUCTICH MAUS  TO TILES 103  106  104  FX 2 160         2 64         LDO           AGITATOR         ADJ  0  9       551  tor  CERAMIC  1    Five linear rails    5 2 3 Optical Module Power    Optional optical modules have a variety of power supply requirements  most of which are met  by the DN8000K10     XFP power filtering            L3  VCC50                    0 5      C1331 C1352 C1354 4    M                         TO REFCLK RECEIVER OCT    KVCC33                 206    VCC33                    0 75      Since      DN8000K10 has no negative voltage supply  it cannot generate the    5 2V required to  supply ECL based optical transceiver modules  Auxiliary power connectors   278  F0  and J280   F12  is provided to connect to an external voltage supply if ECL signaling is required     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 104       HARDWARE    0 5              18           EXTERNALLY     LVEES                        5                 EES            Mounting Holes for  5 2   support  XFP        10V i        JMPR                          20            1 8V        power is supplied from the same  1 8
16.               IB ACLKn        The signal aclk_ibufds should then be fed to either a BUFG or a DCM before being used as an  internal clock for FPGA logic     To set the frequency of these synthesizers via the Main txt file  described in the  Hardware Configuration CircuittOptions CompactFlash  use the following syntax          main txt file  8442   synth name gt  Clock Frequency    number   Mhz  Where  lt synth name gt  is PHO  PH1  PH2  REF              Also  when using the synthesizer for GCLKO  PHO   GCLK1  PH1   GCLK2  PH2   you must  correctly set the source of            1 2 to    8442              main txt file  GCLK   global clock   Select  8442    global clock  must be 0 1       2              3 1 2  RocketlO Clock Synthesizers  The               clock synthesizers are named        0         1      1 0      1 1                 main txt file  FX Clock Frequency    clock name gt    number   Mhz             DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 89       HARDWARE    3 1 3 SS  Single Step  Clocks  This feature has not been implemented  Contact support dinigroup com for assistance        Compact Flash Card syntax    This is the syntax   There is a break signal  This causes the single step clock to stop  The signals are negative logic  and wire or   ed together  4 FPGAs per signal        BREAK  POINTO  is for FPGAs       F1  F2  and F3   BREAK_POINT1  is for FPGAS       F5  F6  and F7   BREAK  POINT2   is for FPGAS F8  F9  F10  and F11   BREAK  POINT3  Z is for FPGAS F12  F
17.             852 18pF       ACRYSp 24           route  14 ACL             16        Ex 25   xrAL2            Hi   x   T z5MHz    FOUTI           344        29 9 ACLKTEST     11  C934 18pF ACRYSn 30  M1 TEST 1                                  M8 7 ACLK  No   generator  X           TEST CLK    0 57   XTAL SEL  x    vco SEL    ACLK_SCLK          SCLK 18  scuk            21 9  ALLCLK_SDATA 19   ALLCLK SDATA AC            19   SDATA   ALLCLK SLOAD      SLOAD    ABT PLOAD  ALLCLK_SRST iK     ALLCLK SRST 17   psr    15  GND vec HS  GND vec            CSBAA2 LGFP32                                     The 5 ICS8442 clock synthesizers on the DN8000K10 share a serial configuration bus  allowing  the MCU to program them  Each synthesizer can be programmed with a different multiplication  value and division value  The MCU 15 connected to this bus on general purpose IO pins and bit   bangs the ICS8442 serial programming signals  The SDATA  SRST  and SLOAD signals are  bussed among all 8 synthesizers  GO  G1  G2  REFCLK         0         1  EXI1 0      1 1    There is a separate SCLK signals for each synthesizer  Since the SLOAD signal is bussed  all 8  synthesizers must be set at the same time           2 5 3 LEDs     The MCU is connected to 4 red LEDs that flash this code     When LEDs        flashing  there has been an FPGA programming  or CompactFlash card error        Figure 22 Config FPGA LEDs    2 5 4 Memory space   The Cypress microcontroller has two  16 bit address spaces for instru
18.            43  18            IDE         56 Ed 1033108  33 1 55                   40   GND  50  2 2222  of  GND    6000                              121 50PD SF EJR      ADER  TH  LONG PINS  8   74        16212    TSSOPSOP810 56N    SmartMedia Interface  J202                                       2 6 SM DO  SMALE    3        101 7 Di  SM Wen     4g      tog  8 SM 02  SM WPn _                                  SM        219 WP 104  13 5   04  5          205      105  14    05     106  15 SMDS  SM      tid zr vos 188 07  Si tn                Wein A iwp caro INS HA  SM         WP CARD INS SM CD1    SM RDYBUSY   71 GND      HS     Je GND      Hx  261 GND 22  56  COND          His  CGND VCC    SmariMedia             This makes it so that if the Configuration FPGA is not active  then none of the FPGAs can  configure  not even          JTAG     RN48 1 0K    CFG F0 PROG B 2  CFG F1 PROG B 3  CFG F2 PROG B 10  CFG F3 PROG B 11       CFG F4 PROG B 12  CFG F5 PROG B 13  CFG F6 PROG B 14  CFG F7 PROG B 15       CFG F8 PROG B 16  CFG F9 PROG B 17  CFG F10 PROG B 4  CFG F11 PROG B 5       CFG F12 PROG    CFG F13 PROG    CFG F14 PROG           F15 PROG            2 3 2 Smart Media   Compact Flash   In order to allow high speed configuration of the user FPGAs from a SmartMedia card  the  Config FPGA is connected directly to the data bus of the SmartMedia card socket    Through the Configuration FPGA  the microcontroller is able to read configuration settings in    the main txt file  When the 
19.            80771       4 0 pdf LVPECL T  247          Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML  RockedO    T  246 FX0 SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML  RockedO    T  245 FX0SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T  244 FX0SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML  RockedO    T  243 FX0SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T  242 FX0SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T  241 FX0SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T  240 FX0SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T  262 FX1 SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML  RockedO    T  263 FX1SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T  260 FX1SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML  RockedO    T  261 FX1SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML  RockedO    T  258 FX1 SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T   1259 FX1 SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf 
20.           1047    34 mo  1   311 12 7  850    13     mr mee ee 18  0 01uF  13 14 R77    4 30   MI                     15 16 100 U34   499R  25       2317  M2 1  17 18 CN      oU  Ret      L      1   19 20 1 Za RINE      R415 1         4 FX   1152   OPT   2  d m es Hd            25 26 1  T 733V Bl DOUT                    ME blue R45 2 R452 R453 R454  27 28                        49 9R 5   49 98 49 9R 55 49 98  LE sot 11 vcc                        31 32 R62 R231 R416         33 34 49 9R ISOLVT79W   255 1K 23 1K     TEST CLK   s 6    MS 100 XTALSEL 5  gt  2r  ma         39 20      RIOO_VCOSEL 27   XTAL_SEL      a   Q 01uF  41 42                     72       MGTCLK_P_113  1 43 44 1 RCLK2_SCLK        18                    21 8                                  ALLCLK_SDATA   59  SDATA BRSVAERD                             ALLCLK SLOAD E               SLOAD 0 01UF     sale  R244 iK             HEADER 23x2  F ALLCLK SRST  ACK SRST  25                              H        vec He 10           4 FX   1152   OPT   GND vec      5843020   1                    LVPECL outputs of      ICS843020 are terminated through a resistor network to meet       input requirements of the MGTCLK inputs     An output from the 1  5843020 01 is also converted to LVDS and driven to J3 pins 19 and 21   the Samtec QSE DP connector  This can be used to forward a RocketIO clock off board along  with                signals to support standards that require an exact reference clock  like PCI  Express  J3 may also dr
21.           91  3 2 Reference Cl0cK          cccsssssssssssccssssssssssccsssssssesssessesssesssssssesssesssseseessussscassesssessasessssssssssessseseseuscssssesssscsesasesssususeosesesssesessenesseasese 92  33 Daughter card                                                  92  34 FPGA clock                           2 2 212                                         94  3 5 Expansion                                      94  3 5 1      CURD PR 96  4            TOPOLOGY                                           ii uei eck care                          96  4 1 Reset Configuration                                            96  5            mE 98  5 1 Switching power supplies                                             101  5 2 Secondary Power Supplies              2 22 2   1                                                 102  5 2 1 DDR2 Termination PO WEL                      102  3 22 MGT                                   103  52 3 Optical Module Power     104  5 2 4 N BATE rr                            M                                             M    m 105    5 3 Power distributii  ec                                                                 107  5 3 1 Bypassing  5 3 2 VCCAUX       5 4 j                                                  108  6                                                                                                              110  6 1 hiraglAlunckig                                                       110  6 2                                         
22.          170  1 2 2 Load FPGAs  with the reference Gest gin i                                    171  1 2 3 Run      AETest program a  1 2 4        the RocketlO  Testis  e                                         13 Compiling      Reference Design  WindOWS              sssssssssssssscsssessssssssesesessseseesssessssssssssesssssesssessssssesssessesesesesssssssnesesssssooees 174  1 3 1 Modify                                                                                174  1 3 2                                                                                          175  1 3 3 The Build      MakeDaE  5i aire pne             176  2 IMPLEMENTATION                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        177  2 1                                                                 177  2 2                V4         179  23 LVDS                                    a a E 180  2 3 1 iia eilininriad                                                                                                           EEEa 180  3 ADDRESS MAPS                                                                                181  3 1 Memory Space                                   181  3 1 1 lp                                                 H 183  3 2          Buss Signalling                                            185 
23.          error rate test   e FPGA interconnect error rate test     Clock frequency readback    2 1 Running AETEST  AETest_usb exe is a Windows executable distributed on the user CD ROM  The program can  be run in Windows XP     For the windows version of AETest  a usb driver is required  The driver can be found on the  user CD  Dndev inf  There is no  driver  for linux USB  The Linux version of the usb software  runs in user mode  Just run the aetest application aeusb_linux     2 2 Compiling AETEST     The source for the USB version is found on the User CD  D   Source CodeNUSB Software  aetest_usb    A Make file is provided for compiling on Linux  Solaris  Windows XP  and DOS  To compile   open Make file and change the line   ZDESTOS   LINUX   to   DETOS LINUX   to target Linux  change   ZDESTOS   WIN WDM   to target windows XP     Targeting Windows XP required Microsoft Visual Studio 5  Targeting DOS requires DJGPP     3 Updating the DN8000K10 Firmware    Dini Group may release firmware bug fixes ot added features to the DN8000K10  If a firmware  update is released you will need to follow the instructions in this chapter     There        two firmware files that Dini Group may release  the first is a Micro controller  MCU   software update that 15 stored in a flash memoty  This update can be accomplished easily from  within the USB Controller application     The second update that may be required is a Configuration FGPA core update  The  configuration data for the Config FPGA
24.        HARDWARE    The 400 pin connectors connected to these FPGAs are normal type 2  400 pin connectors     8 3 3          0  300 FX   300 pin daughter cards DCO and DC3  connected to FXO and FX12  use a different pin out   These connectors do not have general purpose IO  Instead  Virtex 4 MGT signals are provided                                                           Connector Pin Signal Name  E7 CH1_RXP             RXN  E9                 9 CH1_TXN    11     2         F11 CH2_TXN  E13 CH2_RXP  F13 CH2_RXN  E15 CH3_RXP  F15 CH3_RXN  A29  B30 MGTCLK  E1       GCLKA             GCLKB  E5  F5 GCLKC  J2 RSTn          The RX and TX pins are connected to the Virtex 4 RocketIO inputs and outputs  See Hardware   MGT Serial Resources  Connections  Daughter card  The GCLKA GCLKC connects as described in  the Daughter card electrical section  including GCLCK   s connection to the global clock  distribution network     9 LEDs  The following table lists all of the LEDs on the DN8000K10     LED conventions     GREEN GOOD  RED BAD   Assembly Led name Color Comment  number  Meaning when LIT  DS25  1 2V_0_OK  GREEN The net  1 2V_0 is  gt  1 04V  DS45  1 2V_1_OK  GREEN The net  1 2V_1 is  gt  1 04V  DS104  1 2   10        GREEN The net  1 2V_10 is  gt  1 04V    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 129          HARDWARE    DS85  DS133  DS130  DS134  DS146  DS58  DS43  DS1  DS56  0586  0561  0875  0 106  0 107  0 42  0 23  0 144  0 143  0 87  0580  0522  05140  05105  0550  0549  0527  05
25.       7 XILINX   VIRTEX 4  XCAVFX60     FF 11528600529  0013625244   EA                     TAIWAN    The termination power requirement of all 10 MGT tiles is supplied by a single 1 5V linear power  supply  one per FX FPGA  This termination supply voltage can be changed       be compatible  with Virtex II Pro RocketIO in DC coupled mode  this voltage must be changed to 1 8V  See  the Virtex 4 RocketlO Users Guide  These input pins are named  VITXB  VITXA  VTRXB  and  VIRXA     The 1 2V analog and digital supply voltages are provided by three 1 2V linear regulators per FX  FPGA  The MGT tiles on the FPGA were roughly split into three groups  with one 1 2V  regulator supplying each  These input pins are named AVCCAUXRXB  AVCCAUXRXA  and  AVCCAUXTX    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 144       HARDWARE     reference    2 5y      _   _      __     reference   2 5V   34      Linear       The 2mA 2 5V requirement by the        tiles is met by a small reference voltage generator   These input pins are named AVCCAUXMGT    The 1 2V and 1 5V linear regulators each have a small surface mount heatsink installed on them     In all other ways  the DN8000K10 follows all of the recommendations made by      Vitex 4  RocketlO user guide  UGO76     10 4 4 RTERM and MGTVREF   These inputs        be used to change the default termination used in the          4 RocketlO  drivers and receivers  The DN8000K10 implements these as suggested in the Virtex 4 Users  Guide  The Xilinx software may d
26.       70 370         5 2   supply access point for                  and XFP1 modules  1277  1 8V_XFP 70 370 top  1 8V supply access point for     0            and XFP1 modules  Shorted to  1 8  _0  through R3  0 Ohm   TP3 DIMM1 CK DDR1_CK_TEST 270 380 top Single ended copy of          and          to  socket J101         DIMMO0      DDRO CK  TEST 270  380 top Single ended copy of          and CKlp to  socket J100  DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 162             HARDWARE                                                                                                                                  Assembly Label Label Net name Location Comment   TP13  1 2V_4 VCCINT of FPGA F4   TP21  1 2V_5 VCCINT of FPGA F5       12  1 2V_7 VCCINT of FPGA F7    TP11  1 2   6 VCCINT of FPGA F6   TP2 DIMM_VTTO 330 380  top Termination voltage for DIMMS J100  J101               DIMM1           GND GND 400 340 Monolithic ground net        17 REFCLKTEST REFCLKTEST A single ended copy of the REFCLK global  clock network    TP37  5 0VSB The EPS signal    5SB     Unconnected on  DNS8000K10    TP43 GND GND Monolithic Ground   TP18 GND GND Monolithic Ground   TP45  12 0V   TP35  5 0V Unconnected on DN8000K10   TP32  12 0   Unconnected      DN8000K10   TP31 T33V   TP33  5 0V   TP47 DDR2_CK_TEST Copy              and CK 1p signal to DIMM2   102   F13    TP48 DDR3_CK_TEST Copy              and CK 1p signal sent to  DIMM3 F14  103        15 PHO TEST P Copy of PHO global clock network output   TP14 P
27.       vil  Compiled on  Nov    8 2005      13 52 27     gt  USB Menu    gt  MainBus Menu    gt  FPGA Configuration Menu   gt  Change Current Device     gt  Quit    Please select option  m       Figure 15    Select menu option 2  to interact with the    main bus    interface of the Dini Group DN8000K10  reference design     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 33       QUICK START GUIDE         C   dpalmerMKS  AEtest_usb  aetest_usb  aeusb_wdm exe         ASIC Emulator USB Controller Driver      vii  Compiled on         8 2005 at 13 52 27    MainBus Write DWORD 2 gt  MainBus Read DWORD  MainBus Write Read DWORD   MainBus Fill   MainBus Display   Main Menu 9   Quit    Please select option     m        Figure 16    The Main Bus menu will only work properly when the Dini Group reference design is loaded       if your user design has implemented a compatible controller     5    Select Option  3  MainBus Write Read DWORD    0  1000 0000 is address 0 of the DDR2 memory attached to FPGA F1  Enter that address and     data pattern  AE Test  usb should report back that it read back the test value  This test will only  pass if there is a DDR2 SODIMM installed in DIMMO and the reference design  including  required clock settings  is loaded     Menu option  5  MainBus Display  dumps 16  32 bit words from the reference design memory space to the screen     Enter option M  to return to the main menu     The AETest_usb application can also be used to configure FPGAs over USB     DN8000K10 
28.      DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 13       ABOUT THIS MANUAL    3 2 2 Physical orientation and Origin   By convention  the board is oriented as show on page 3  with the    top    of the board being the  edge near FPGAs       F1  F2 and       The    bottom    is near FPGAs F12  F13  F14 anf F15  The   right  edge is near the USB and CompactFlash sockets  the    left    side is the side with the SMA  connectors     topside    refers to the side of the PWB with FPGAs soldered to it     backside    is  the side with the daughtercard connectors  The reference origin of the board is the lower left   hand corner of the board           3 2 3 Part Pin Names   Pin names are given in the form XY Z  X is one of  U for ICs  R for resistors  C for capacitors   P or J for connectors  FB or L for inductors  TP for test points  MH for mounting structures        for fiducials       for sockets  DS for diodes     for fuses  HS for mechanicals  PSU for power  supply modules  Q for discreet semiconductors  RN for resistor networks  X for oscillators  Y  for crystals  Y is a number uniquely identifying each part from other parts of the same X class  on the same PWB  Z is the pin or terminal number      name  as defined in the datasheet of the  part  Datasheets for all standard and optional parts used on the DN8000K10 are included in the  Document library on the provided User CD     3 2 4 Schematic Clippings   Partial schematic drawings are included in this document to aid quick understan
29.      Ox DF24          FREQ H   Ox DE25          FREQ SEL   0   DF26 FPGA FREQ L   Ox DF27 MCU  STUFFING1 This register contains a code representing the type of  FPGA installed in FO F7   Ox DF28 MCU_STUFFING2 This register contains a code representing the type of  FPGA installed in F8 F15   Ox DF29 SERIAL_SCLK This register  1 bit  controls the SCLK output  connected to the clock synthesizers on the  DNS8000K10   Ox DF30 SERIAL        CTRL 1 This register controls the control outputs connected  to all of the clock synthesizers on the DN8000K10   Ox DF36     80 1 CTRLO This register holds the output values of the Main Bus    switches for MB80B  section 1  See Hardware   Interconnect  Main Bus for the effect of this  Each bit  enables or disables 8 bits of the Main Bus          Ox DF37 MBS80 1 CTRL1 This register holds the output values of the Main Bus  switches for MB80B  section 1  See Hardware   Interconnect  Main Bus for the effect of this  Each bit  enables or disables 8 bits of the Main Bus                DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 52       USB SOFTWARE                                                                                                                                                                   Ox DF38     80 2 CTRLO This register holds the output values of the Main Bus  switches for MB80B  section 2  See Hardware   Interconnect  Main Bus for the effect of this  Each bit  enables or disables 8 bits of the Main Bus   Ox DF39          COMMUNICA
30.      lt synth name gt  can be PHO  PH1  PH2  REF            lt fx clock name gt  can be FX0_0  FX0_1  FX1_0  FX1_1          2 feed the global clock networks G0 G2    REF feeds a dedicated global clock network           1 0 1 are four synthesizers feeding the RocketIO MGTs on FPGA      and F12      lt number gt  can be a decimal integer or non integer between 0 and 800  If a synthesizer is set  outside its output range  the configuration circuit will program the synthesizer to the closest  frequency that is within range  The FPGA clock inputs can only operate up to 500Mhz    lt phase number gt  is the number of the synthesizer feeding one of the global clock networks   This can be 0 1 or 2      lt n gt  can be an interger from 1 to 15     lt global clock gt  can be 0  1 or 2     lt      source gt  can be 8442  DIV  SMA or SS     lt dc clock gt  can be 0 1 2 or 3      dc source gt  can be DCO  DC1  DC2                  DC6          or DCB    lt fx clockname gt  can be        0         1  FX1_0  FX1_1   lt 01 gt  can be 0 or 1    lt level gt  can be 0 1 2 3  or 4    lt yn gt  can be Y or N    lt address gt  can be an eight digit hexidecimal number  32 bit     data  can be a eight digit hexidecimal number  32 bit     short addr gt  can be a four digit hexidecimal number  16 bit     byte  can be a two digit hexidecimal number  8 bit            The following table describes the function of each of the available main txt commands        Instruction Function               comment    
31.     2     260MHz  After selecting this option      pop up window will ask which FPGA   s RocketIO Frequency you want to set       you  can choose to set all to the same frequency   and then what frequency you want  The  USB Controller program will calculate the best PLL settings to achieve this output  frequency  Check the log window to verify what frequency the synthesizers were  actually set at     Set Global clock frequencies    The clocks on      DN8000K10 are automatically adjusted to the users desired  frequency by reading the setup file on the CompactFlash card  If you wish to change the  frequency after power on  or do not want to use a CF card  you can set the frequency in  the USB program     GCLKO  GCLKO is generated from a 25MHz crystal  Possible output frequencies  are     31 25 34 375 375 40 625 43 75 46 875 50 53 125 56 25  59 375 62 5 65 625 68 75 71 875 75 78 125 81 25 84 375 87 5  93 75 100 106 25 112 5 118 75 125 131 25 137 5 143 75 150  156 25 162 5 168 75 175 187 5 200 2125 225 237 5 250  262 5 275 287 5 300 312 5 325 337 5 350 375 400  425 450 475 500 525 550 575 600 625 650  675 700    GCLK1             is generated from    14 318 MHz crystal  Possible output  frequencies are     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 43       USB SOFTWARE    32 22 34 01 35 80 37 58 3937 41 16 42 95 44 74 46 53 48 32  50 11 51 90 53 69 55 48 57 27 59 06 60 85 62 64 6443 66 22  68 01 69 80 71 59 73 38 75 17 76 96 78 75 80 54 82 33 84 12  85 91 89 49 93 07 96 65 100 2 103
32.     MR GND3             SEL Lvps      24 DC GCLKO L1C REF P 1587458  L         E 0 LiC REF  x u  ee n          DC GOLKO 116 REF    alle  T nFB IN PM IE DC GCLKO L1A FB N T  DC GCLKO LO SELO H SELo          26 DC GCLKU      FEF       121881 FEEDBACK REFERENCE TRACE LENGTH   13    DC_GCLKO_Lo_SEL3 29  seis GND    13     GND2   25  DC GCLKO MR MR GND3  ICS8745B     Circuit  DC GCLKO 10 FB    Repeated 3  x    more times  FEEDBACK REFERENCE TRACE LENGTH   11   12          3 4 FPGA clock banks    This is F10 as an example     NOTE  THIS NO LOAD RESISTOR  IS USED TO PROVIDE PADS FOR  ACCESS TO A SPARE GC CLOCK  INPUT  RESISTOR LOADED ON  TOPSIDE OF BOARD     DCI is hooked up   Reset and BREAK        in this bank     DDR FB should be from the size of the RefCIk      3 5 Expansion CLPD    DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       94    HARDWARE    JTAG  CONNECTOR                   CPLD Name MCU Accessed Functions FX Accessed Functions  QO  Quadrant 0     Control of leaf level  zero delay None  buffers in daughter card global clock  trees      Monitoring of power regulator    comparator outputs   1 2V_0    1 2    1   1 2V_4   1 2V_5              42 5V Q 42 2V  Q1  Quadrant 1      Control of leaf level  zero delay None  buffers in daughter card global clock  trees      Monitoring of power regulator    comparator outputs   1 2V_2    1 2V_3   1 2V_6   1 2V_7              425V 1 18 0  Q2  Quadrant 2     Control of leaf level  zero delay None  buffers in daughter card global clock  tr
33.    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 93       HARDWARE                   MATCHED LENGTH  CLOCK TRACES                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                LENGTH   L3A  LEVEL 1A FANOUT BU  U234  oH vobi vooo   285  0   32          vbboe  225  vbbos  16 5  31            30     95 DC_GCLKO_L1A_PLLBYPASS        SEL  LEVEL 0 FANOUT BUFFER   DC GOLKO LIA REF         o        DC  GCLKO F4 N  a  28 reo N 4                   H DC_GCLKO_F5_P  oy        vooo   285    1        DC GCLK0 F5      L7          VDDO2  16 1 R635  INTERNAL PULL UP DWN  0   6           i 21  vbbos 18          6            a2 A DC GCLK0 F1 P  30 H    PLL     2      GCLKO Fi     m          200 o4 ok se        E  DC GCLKO 10 PLLBYPASS amp  PLL SEL R645 100 11          E88                      15 DC GCLKO L1A REF      10                   GCLKO         pu Gg E DC GCLKU LIA REFN   nFB IN    DCO GCCP 3d cues P b 95 DC GCLKO L1A SELO 1                 94  28      0 9   4  ncLKo   ai HS    901  0 118  REF P                   S 2   SELI  M 17 DC GCLKO LIB REF    12  mom E 1                            2   gt  12 seve a  DCT_GCCN               21 DC GCLKO L1D REF P  GCLKO 11   SELS poe SND Cig                92 20 7               110 REF     DC GCLKO MR 8 GND2  55  PLL oa 
34.    Samtec Connector  25 0Mhz QSE1                   To select a clock source in your design  use the CLOCK SOURCE command in the  configuration file  main txt on the Compact Flash card  The following example sets                FX1     F12  clock sources  CLOCK SOURCE  FX1_0 SYNTH1  CLOCK FREQUENCY      1 0 300Mhz  All of the Source options for FX1_0    12  and        0        are     SYNTHO  SYNTH1    8      QSE1    The available options for FX1_1  F12  and        0    0  are     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 139       HARDWARE    DC  SYNTH1  QSE1    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 140       HARDWARE    GREFCLK    Not  Connected  CREFCLI    GREFCLK    MGTCLK                  GREFCLK                cREFCLI    GREFCLK                                    XCV4FX60 Reference Clock Selection                                         REFCLKSI                       RXAPHACIKSB        Shared                     1  1        I  1            frui         Lp                                 FEFCLKEE                                               Figure 2 1  MGT Column Clocking    Tile 1    Tile 2    Tile 3    Tile 4    The MGTs on the Virtex 4 FPGA ate divided into  two columns        right  and X1  left   The clock  network of each column is separate and clocks  may not be shared between the two columns   Each column has two FPGA internal clock  distribution trees and two clock input pins  Either  clock input can drive each tree  Finally  each tile  has a multiplexer than can
35.    This contains the  bit files corresponding to the LVDS  branch of the source code   This contains the  bit files corresponding to the ROCKETIO  branch of the source code     This directory contains the latest version of this document  available when your DN8000K10 was shipped    This directory contains manufacturer s datasheets for all of  the standatd or optional parts used on the DN8000K10  This directory contains specifications that were used to  design the DN8000K10    This directory contains files relating to the standard test  daughter card available from Dini Group for use with the  DN8000K10  the DNMEG300 and DNMEG400    This directory contains the Schematic of the DNMEG300 400    www dinigroup com 169       REFERENCE DESIGN    fisi eon in PDF format  Both cards are built from the same schematic                This directory contains the PCB drawing of the        Jasa DNMEG 300 400 for mechanical planning           Documents This directory contains a user manual and compatibility guide       Jess for the DNMEG daughter catd    daa   Datasheets This directory contains manufacturer datasheets for all parts            used on the DNMEG 300 and 400     3rdPartySoftwate   oe  SMFormat This program can be used to reformat SmartMedia cards  if you  Jeu      accidentally format yours using a non standard format utility  Jass       Windows           Acrobat Reader This program can read all PDF format documents provided on              the user CD     1 2 Running the Referen
36.    common               ConfigFPGA      rM   certify modules    Schematics   RevAX1  are    FPGA Programming Files      Main Ref Design  js    LVDS interconnect  Ja     RocketIO   deus    Documentation     Manual           Datasheets           Standards          Daughter Card    Schematics    DN8000K10 User Guide    Contains All Dini Group written Verilog  VHDL and C code  Contains C source code and MSVS project for the   USB Controller   Contains C code for Cypress MCU  U200   Contains the code for the DN8000K10 reference design  Contains Verilog and VHDL code for the DN8000K10  Rocket IO reference design    Contains Verilog and VHDL code for the DN8000K10  memory and single ended interconnect reference design   Contains general Verilog and VHDL code used in the  DN8000K10 reference design that is not specific to  DN8000K10    Contains Verilog source for the configuration FPGA  Since this  code is revised frequently  consult the Dini Group before  modifying this code and check for firmware updates   Contains board description files for the DN8000K10     Contains an abbreviated Schematic of the DN8000K10 in PDF  Format    Contains compiled configuration streams for the 16 Virtex 4  FPGAs on the DN8000K10  These files were created using  the Verilog source code in the Source Code directory   synthesizing  place and route in Xilinx   ISE 7 11  and generated as a  bit format file in bitgen    This contains the      files corresponding to the Main  ref  branch of the source code 
37.    ngdbuild design name       Garamond bold    Commands that you select from a menu    File  gt                 Keyboard shortcuts    Ctrl C       Italic font    Variables in a syntax statement for which you  must supply values    ngdbuild design_name       References to other manuals    See the Development System Reference Guide  for more information           Emphasis in text    Ifa wire is drawn so that it overlaps the  pin of a symbol  the two nets        sot  connected        Braces        An optional entry or parameter  However  in  bus specifications  such as bus 7 0   they are  required     ngdbuild             name  design                 Braces        A list of items from which you must choose one       more    lowpwr           off        Vertical             Separates items in    list of choices    lowpwr           off        Vertical ellipsis    Repetitive material that has been omitted            1  Name   QOUT          2  Name   CLKIN          Horizontal ellipsis          Repetitive material that has been omitted    allow block   oc amp                  loc2     loon        Prefix            or suffix    h       Indicates hexadecimal notation    Read from address 0x00110373  returned  4552494h       Letter    H            n     3 2 Content       Signal is active low       INT  is active low    fpga_inta_n is active low       3 2 1 File names  Paths to documents included on the User CD are prefixed with             This refers to your CD  drive   s root directory
38.   0x34  0x12       send a datum  send the code 0x01  followed by 4 bytes  LSB first   When the DN8000K10 receives a data word  it sends it onto the main bus interface to the  address in the address register  It then increments the address register  Therefore  to send two  words over main bus  0  00000001 to address 0  0000001 and 0  00000002 to address  0x00000002  the USB Controller would send the following 15 bytes to USB EP2     0x00 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00  0  01 0x01 0x00 0x00 0x00  0  01 0x02 0x00 0x00 0x00    Note that the number of bytes sent to EP2 must be divisible by 5     To request    main bus read operation  the USB Controller sends a USB bulk write to EP2 to set  the address register  as described in the above paragraph  Then  the USB Controller sends a bulk  read to EP6  endpoint 6   with the USB bulk request SIZE field set to the number of bytes  requested  The number requested must be divisible by 4  After the bulk read is complete  the  address register is incremented by SIZE 4  Read and write transactions use the same address  pointer     Before starting a USB read  or series of reads  you should set the size of the Cypress USB read  buffer to be equal to the size of the bulk transfer  This can be accomplished using the  VR SET EPGTC            vendor request described in      Vendor Requests section  If this step is  skipped  you may expetience slow USB response  ot even system instability  depending on the  operating system     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinig
39.   2  FLASH   3  Config FPGA   4  SmartMedia  CompactFlash  IDE  5  Load stuff   6  USB   7  RS232    For information regarding      JTAG interface and configuration  See Xilinx publication UGO71   Virtex 4 configuration guide     When configuring over USB or CompactFlash  the FPGAs are configured over the Virtex 4  SelectMap bus     All SelectMap signals are connected directly to the Configuration FPGA  The SelectMap signals                0 7  SelectMap data signals                       Active low asynchronous reset to the configuration logic  This will cause the  FPGA to become un configured  The documentation refers to this signal as    PROGn  DONE After the FPGA is configured  it is driven high by the FPGA   INIT Low indicates that the FPGA configuration memory is cleared  After    configuration  this could indicate and error     RDWR_B Active low write enable  The Documentation refers to this signal as RDWR    BUSY When busy is high  the SelectMap configuration stream must stop until BUSY  goes low    CS_B SelectMap chip select  The documentation refers to this signal as CSn   CCLK Signals D 0 7   DONE  RDWR_B and CS_B are clocked on CCLK    Each Virtex 4 FPGA has a complete set of SelectMap signals connected point to point to the  Config FPGA  except for FPGA    and     who share signals D 0 7   All signals are 2 5V CMOS  signals except for 00 7 of FPGA A  Signals SELECTMAP      DJ0 7      DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 73       HARDWARE    After a Virtex 4 FPG
40.   2 2V   The net  1 8   01   gt  1 6V   The net  1 8   1 is  gt  2 2V   The net 1 8V_1 is  gt  1 6V   The net  2 1V is  gt 1 6V   The net  2 5   01   gt  2 2V          net  2 5V_1 is  gt  2 2V   The net  2 5V_2 is  gt  2 2V   The net  2 5V_3 is  gt  2 2V   The net  3      is  gt  2 9V   The net  5 0V is  gt  4 0V  User controlled LED from FPGA FO   User controlled LED from FPGA FO   User controlled LED from FPGA FO   User controlled LED from FPGA FO   User controlled LED from FPGA F1   User controlled LED from FPGA F1   User controlled LED from FPGA F1   User controlled LED from FPGA F1   User controlled LED from FPGA F10   User controlled LED from FPGA F10   User controlled LED from FPGA F10   User controlled LED from FPGA F10   User controlled LED from FPGA F11   User controlled LED from FPGA F11   User controlled LED from FPGA F11   User controlled LED from FPGA F11   User controlled LED from FPGA F12     www dinigroup com 130       HARDWARE    DS114 F12 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F12   DS115 F12 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F12   DS116 F12 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F12   DS117 F13 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F13  DS118 F13 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F13  DS119 F13 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F13  DS120 F13 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F13  DS121 F14 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F14  DS122 F14 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F14  DS123 F14 LED2 GREEN User contr
41.   5 2 4 Do you provide a board description file for    No  Just Certify     5 2 5 Where is the VHDL reference design   The VHDL reference design will not be available at the initial release of the DN8000K10  Email    support dinigroup com for a schedule    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 194       
42.   ARR                                    3 1 Check Power Jumper          DN8000K10 User Guide    The DN8000K10 can be installed in an optional chassis  with a remote power on switch  When not installed in its  chassis  the remote control connector needs to have a  jumper installed on its power on signal  This jumper is  installed before the DN8000K10 is shipped  Check the  jumper installed in P203 pin 3 to pin 4  This jumper  connects the EPS power supply PSON signal to GND     www dinigroup com 18       QUICK START GUIDE    3 2 Memory and heat sinks   There should be an active heatsink installed on each FPGA      the DN8000K10  Virtex 4  FPGAs        capable of dissipating 15W or more  so you should always run them with heat sinks  installed  There is a fan 12V power connector next to each FPGA for an active heatsink     The DN8000K10 comes packaged without memory installed  If you want to use the Dini  Group reference design to test your memory modules  you can install them now in the 1 8V  DDR2 DIMM sockets         E        1       T  i  FPGA F0          52                            Figure 2       The socket DIMMO is connected to FPGA F1  DIMM1    connected to FPGA F2  DIMM2 is  connected to FPGA F13  DIMM3 is connected to FPGA F14     The socket can accept any capacity DDR2 SODIMM module  Note that DDR1 modules will  not work in these slots since DDR1 requires a completely different pin out  For other memory  options for the DN8000K10  see Ordering Information  Optional 
43.   GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  RED   GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN    User controlled LED from FPGA F9  The Configuration FPGA is configured     TXFAULT  Output by SFP module  J237   See  SFF specification    LOS  Output by SFP module  J237   See SFF  specification    TXFAULT  Output by SFP module  J236   See  SFF specification    LOS  Output by SFP module  J236   See SFF  specification    LOS  Output by XFP module  U405   See XFI  specification    LOS  Output by XFP module  U404   See XFI  specification      TXFAULT    Output by SFP module  239   See  SFF specification    LOS  Output by SFP module  J239   See SFF  specification    TXFAULT  Output by SFP module  238   See  SFF specification    LOS  Output by SFP module  J238   See SFF  specification    LOS  Output by XFP module  U409   See XFI  specification    LOS  Output by XFP module  U408   See XFI  specification   Smart Media Card is being read   USB is in use   SelectMap bus is in use  FPGAs are configuring     CompactFlash is being read    Blinks when the board is in reset  FPGA FO is configured   FPGA F1 is configured   FPGA F10 is configured   FPGA F11 is configured    www dinigroup com 132       HARDWARE    DS57 Q F4 DONE GREEN FPGA F12 is configured  0562    F5 DONE GREEN FPGA   13 is configured  DS59 Q F6 DONE GREEN FPGA   14 is configured  0560 Q F7 DONE GREEN FPGA   15 is configured  0 109 Q F8 DONE GREEN FPGA   2 is configured  DS110 Q F9 DONE GREEN FPGA F3 is configured  DS111 Q 
44.   The CompactFlash configuration option allows the user to store          configuration files on a  CompactFlash  or SmartMedia  card in the DN8000K 10 s media card slot     When the DN8000K10 powers on  the microcontroller reads the contents of the CompactFlash            If there is a file called    main txt    on the root directory of the card  then the DN8000K10  will follow initialization instructions on that file     Instructions in the main txt file are read line by line and executed in order  The format of the file  15 non case sensitive        valid instruction is one of the following          comment   FPGA   fpga name gt     filename    8442   synth name gt  Clock Frequency    number   Mhz  PH  phase numbers Divide       24 lt n gt    GCLK   global clock   Select    gc source    DCGCLK   dc clock   select    dc source    lt number gt Mhz  FX CLOCK FREQUENCY    fx clockname gt   lt number gt Mhz  FX CLOCK SELECT    fx clockname gt   lt 01 gt    Verbose Level   lt level gt    Sanity Check   lt yn gt    MAIN BUS      lt                gt  0x lt data gt     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 59       HARDWARE    MCU REGISTER WRITE Ox  short addr gt  0x lt byte gt     configuration  register     lt comment gt  can be any string of characters except for new line     lt fpga name gt  can be either       F1  F2  F3  F4  F5  F6  F7  F8  F9  F10        F12  F13  F14       F15    lt filename gt  must be the name of a file on the root directory of the CompactFlash Card    
45.   The XDATA memory range 0x1 FFF to              is mapped to an external Flash          2 5 7 USB   The MCU usb interface is built in to the Cypress FX2 chip hardware  The USB protocol  including timing  packetization buffering  error correction and mandatory USB device features  are all implemented in hardware  without any code or external hardware interaction  The FX2  supports USB 1 1  12Mbs  or USB 2 0  480Mbs   The FX2 is capable of handling USB Control   Bulk  Isochronous and Vendor type transactions  Interrupt type transactions are not supported   The DN8000K10 firmware supports Bulk and Vendor type transfers  The FX2 responds to  certain mandatory Control type transfers without requiring microcontroller code  Other than  these  the DN8000K10 uses no Control transfers     Bulk transfers are used to configure FPGAs using the Virtex 4 selectmap bus  and to  communicate with the FPGA design using the MB80B bus  The     2 allows Bulk transfers to 5  endpoints            is controlled by FX2 hardware  and is not used by the DN8000K10 firmware           4 and 8 are supported by the FX2 and defined  but are not used by the DN8000K10  firmware     EP2 is input   USB Bulk Write   This is used to configure FPGAs and to communicate to the    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 81          HARDWARE    Main Bus  EP6 is output  USB Bulk read   This is used to read from the Main Bus  A hardware buffer in  the FX2 of configurable size  0 to 1024 bytes     The USB type    connector
46.   These 4 signals  where N is 0 3  monitors the four 2 5V rails  These  inputs are currently ignored    1 8V_N_OK  These 2 inputs  where N is 0 or 1  monitors the two 1 8V DIMM rails     These inputs are currently ignored     The next set of signals connects to the five clock buffers used to distribute the daughter card  clock network from each daughter card to each FPGA  Since there are only four global clock  networks  and 8 daughter card clock sources     multiplexer is used to select from pairs of two  daughter cards     DC_GCLK lt N gt _ lt X gt _PLLBYPASS  This signal connects to the PLLBYPASS signal  of the clock buffer   DC_GCLK lt N gt _ lt X gt _SELO   DC_GCLK lt N gt _ lt X gt _SEL1   DC_GCLK lt N gt _ lt X gt _SEL2   DC_GCLK lt N gt _ lt X gt _SEL3     lt N gt  is  0 1 2 3   corresponding to the 4 global DC clocks  See Hardware  Clocks  Daughter card  Clocks   lt    gt  15  LO                LIC  L1D   corresponding to the 2 levels of the clock network     DC_GCLK 0 1 2 3  MR Master reset signal to reset the buffers    PLLs    DC GCLKO L0 DC1 DCO   Selects between DC1 and DCO to source GCLKO  DC        L0 DC3     2  Selects between DC3 and DC4 to source GCLK1  DC GCLK2 L0 DC6 DC5   Selects between DC5 and DC6 to soutce GCLK2  DC GCLK3 10 DC8 DC7   Selects between DC7 and DC8 to source GCLK3    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 70       HARDWARE    PWR_UP  The signal physical connection can be found in Appendix Pins Other  Config FPGA    For information about 
47.   and    Verify    should be deselected  Press OK  The programming process takes about 2 minutes           the parallel port     DN8000K10 User Guide www  dinigroup com 49       USB SOFTWARE       Programming Properes    Category     Programming Properties  Advanced PROM Programming Properties  Revision Properties            Verity  General CPLD And PROM Properties  d  C  Read Protect        PROM CoolRunnerll Usercode  8 Hex Digits         CPLD Specific Properties  Write Protect Functional Test On The Fly Program    XPLA UES Enter up to 13 characters       1    PROM Specific Properties  C  Load FPGA    Parallel Mode Use D4 for CF    FPGA Device Specific Programming Properties  Pulse PROG Program Key    Spartan34N Programming Properties  Data Protect Data Lockdown                Figure 21    Power cycle the DN8000K10  The new firmware is now loaded  You can close Impact and  disconnect the Parallel      or Platform USB cable     4 Programmers Guide    This section contains information to help the development of your own USB software for use  with the DN8000K10  If you do not need to develop you own USB control software  or modify  the Dini Group USB controller  you can skip this section  All of the code for AETest and USB  Controller is provided on the user CD  Precompiled Windows drivers are also provided for  Windows XP  You should also read the section Hardware  Configuration Section before attempting  to modify the USB software     The source code for the Windows version o
48.   could be used by the user design as a reset signal  This signal is also asserted to all FPGAs after  any FPGA becomes configured  RESET  FPGAn is an asynchronous signal     412 0V        R551     5 0V_LED             C2170   5 0V 0 1uF  O    4 64K             CAPC2012N   nom   22mW    Vf  nom   1 8V  Vth   NOM   4 0V R62       nom   2 2mA  Vth   MAX   4 2V 66 5K 427 ui DS49  fc 241Hz GREEN LED             5 0V      IF ILLUMINATED  Ib  MAX   15nA    R61  7 32K     PWR_FAULT   NOTE  PWR_FAULT   PULL UP IN CONFIG  SECTION        5 0          NOTE  INPUT RANGE OF 176700 IS GND TO 18V  IRRESPECTIVE OF VS VOLTAGE       DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 97       HARDWARE    The above circuit shows how two LTC2900 voltage monitors are daisy chained together to  monitor 5 different voltages     Each FPGA is also connected to a temperature monitor  The Virtex 4 FPGA can easily  overheat if a heatsink and fan are not used  The recommended operating temperature for the  Virtex 4 is 85  C  The absolute maximum temperature for operation is 125  C  If at any time the  junction temperature of the Virtex 4 exceeds 85  C  the Microcontroller will reset the FPGAs   causing them to lose their configuration data  An overheating FPGA could be the result of a  misconfiguration  a clock that is set incorrectly  or an inadequate heatsink unit  The heatsink and  fan assembly that comes with the DN8000K10 is appropriate for dissipating the amount of heat  energy that almost any useful applicatio
49.   define synthesis   when using XST     The provided XST projects include          common ddtr2 ddt2 to mb  in the path  You must  include this path in your ISE project  ot copy the contained files to your source directory     5 1 3 Signal name 0  exists in my code  but place and route MAP step complains the  signal name 0  from my ucf file does not exist    The XST compiler renames bus indexes using  lt  gt  brackets instead of    brackets  Now the  mapping step cannot see the signals  Rename the IO constraints in the ucf file to use  lt  gt   brackets     If the output of a module is not used  your synthesis program may remove the module  completely     UCF constraint on that module will fail     5 1 4 Certify fails because the ports      my Virtex 4 do not match the specified part  There is an error in the Certify part description files for PX60 parts in the 1153 package  Copy  these files from the user CD in the  certify  directory     5 1 5 The DN8000K10 cannot read my SmartMedia card  The RS232 port prints  Bad SM  card format   If you formatted the SmartMedia card using Windows  the DN8000K10 will no longer be able   to read the file structure on the card  Reformat the card using the program on the User CD   D  3rdParty SMFormat    5 1 6 There is a lot of deterministic jitter  DJ  on my RocketlO channel   For long links  or links exhibiting loss over poor connectors  all connectors   The default  preemphasis settings need to be changed  Read the          4 RocketlO Use
50.  22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  220 FAN HEADER5   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer     221 FAN HEADER 6   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  22 FAN HEADER 7   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  223 FAN HEADER 8   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  224 FAN HEADER 9   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  211 FAN HEADER Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  212 FAN HEADER Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  213 FAN HEADER Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer     12  214 FAN HEADER Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer     12  215 FAN HEADER Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  14  216 FAN HEADER Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  15  276 FPGA JTAG 87332 1420 This header is a duplicate of J200 B  P210    T C10    FCI 84578 102 B  P109    Co    FCI 84578 102 B  P108    T C8    FCI 84520 102 B  P107    DCT    FCI 84520 102 B  P106                     84520 102       105    DC5    FCI 84520 102 B  P104                     84578 102       100  DCO  FCI 84578 102 B  P101                       84578 102       102  DEZ FCI 84578 102 B  P103  DES  FCI 84578 102 B                      DN8000K10 Use
51.  5 Hard reset  Pins 2 4 6 GND 3 3V Open drain T  remote connector Logic reset behaves the same as S2  Hard reset behaves the same as 53  PS_ON is specified in the EPS specification  Power supply on   P208 User RS232 4 MOLEX_71349 1003 Pin 2       Pin 3 RX  Pin 5 GND RS232  12V  T  FPGA access from MB64B 18   P209 User RS232 5 MOLEX  71349 1003 Pin 2 TX  Pin 3 RX  Pin 5 GND RS232  12V  T  User FPGA access from       4   19   P207 User RS232 3 MOLEX  71349 1003 Pin 2 TX  Pin 3 RX  Pin 5 GND RS232  12V  T  User FPGA access from     64   17   J205 Case Fan Molex 22 05 303 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  208 Configuration Molex 87832 1420 Compatible with Xilinx Parallel TV cable 2 5V Open drain T  FPGA JTAG http   www xilinx com bvdocs publications ds097 pdf  226 Extclk          Johnson Components Feeds global clock 0  GCLKO  LVDS  modify T  42 0701 201 1  5854057 for LVPECL       CML   227 Extclk PHOn Johnson Components Feeds global clock 0  GCLKO  LVDS  modify T  42 0701 201 1  5854057 for LVPECL       CML   228 Extclk PH1p Johnson Components Feeds global clock 1  GCLK1  LVDS  modify T  42 0701 201 1  5854057 for LVPECL       CML   229 Extclk PH1n Johnson Components Feeds global clock 1  GCLK1  LVDS  modify T  42 0701 201 1  5854057 for LVPECL       CML   230 Extxlk PH2p Johnson Components Feeds global clock 2  GCLK2  LVDS  modify T  42 0701 201 1  5854057 for LVPECL       CML   231 Extxlk PH2n Johnson Components Feeds global clock 2  GCLK2  LVDS  modify T  
52.  8 1074 1110 1145 118 1  1217 1253 1289 1324 136 0 1396 143 2 146 8 1503 153 9  157 5 1611 1647 1682 171 8 179 0 186 1 1933 200 5 207 6  214 8 2219 2291 236 2 2434 250 6 2577 2649 272 0 279 2  286 4 293 5 3007 307 8 315 0 322 2 329 3 336 5 343 6 3580  372 3 386 6 4000 4152 429 5 443 9 458 2 472 5 486 8 501 1  515 4 529 8 5441 5584 572 7 5870 6014 615 7 630 0 644 3  658 6 672 9 687 3    GCLK2  GCLK2 is generated from    16 0 crystal  Possible output frequencies  are     32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50  52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70  72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88 92  96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132  136 140 144 148 152 156 160 164 168 172  176 184 192 20 208 216 224 232 240 248  256 264 272 280 298 26 304 312 30 328  336 336 34 352 368 384 400 46 432 448  464 480 496 512 528 544 560 576 592 608  624 640 656 672 688    RefClk  RefClk is generated from a 25 0 MHz crystal  Possible output frequencies  are the same as GCLKO     3  FPGA Stuffing Information     This option will display the type of FPGAs that are  stuffed on the DN8000K10      4  MCU Firmware Version     This option will display the MCU Firmware version in the  log window      5  Hardwate Firmwate Version     This option will display the Board Version along with  the Configuration Fpga version     2 AETest  The AETEST utility program contains the following tests        Memory Tests  DDR2        Daughter Catd Test    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 44       USB SOFTWARE    e BAR Memory Range Tests            
53.  BOpO   F5F0 CC   0  0   In the direction of F5 as a transmitter  FO as a receiver  If the entire FOF5 byte lane 0 is in the same  direction at the same frequency  then the signal pair F5FO_CC_BOp1  F5F0      BOn1 can be used as  data        5            0        5      BOnO cannot be used since this signal is unidirectional  FO must       the transmitter     The total interconnect counts between FPGAs is show in the figure above           FO F1  F1 F2  F2 F3   F0 F4  F3 F7  F4 F8   F8 F12  F11 F15  F12 F13  F13 F14  F14 F15           186  3  62 signal data lanes        FI E5    2        F4 F5  F5 F6  F6 F7   F5 F9  F6 F10  F7 F11   F8 F9  F9 F10  F10 F11   F9 F13  F10 F14              124  2  62 signal data lanes             0   5  F1 F4  F1 F6  F2 F5  F2 F7  F5 F6   F8 F13  F8 F5  F9 F4  F9 F6  F9 F12  F9 F14   F10 F5  F10 F7  F10 F13  F10 F15  F11 F14           62  1  62 signal data lane     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 112       HARDWARE    6 2 Main Bus    The main bus            is a 144 bit bus  which interconnects all of the FPGAs in the Virtex 4 array   This bus is logically divided into two sub busses  one containing 80 bits and the other containing  64 bits  Single ended  LVCMOS signaling is used on this bus     In the Appendix Pins and the provided  ucf files  these signals are referred to as  MBS80BJ 0 79   MB64BJ 0 63     The Dini Group reference design uses the signals MB80B 0 36   Some options in the provided  software may drive and read from these si
54.  CLOCK FREQUENCY to 100  M val   0x0019 N val   0x0004  Setting 8442 PH2 CLOCK FREQUENCY to 100  M val   0x001C N val   0x0004  PH CLK DIVIDE VALUE  PHO   2  PH CLK DIVIDE VALUE  PH1   2  PH CLK DIVIDE VALUE  PH2   2    GCLK  0 MUX   DIV  GCLK        SEL 2AGCLK  1 MUX   DIV  GCLK        SEL 2AGCLK  2 MUX   DIV       CONFIGURATION FILES       FPGA 0  FPGA FO BIT  FPGA 1             1         FPGA 4  FPGA F4 BIT  FPGA 5  FPGA_F5 BIT          CONFIGURING FPGA Qx  x  xk ken x       Performing Sanity Check on Bit File         BIT FILE ATTRIBUTES       FILE NAME  FPGA FO BIT  FILE SIZE  00280F9A bytes  PART  4vfx60ff1152   DATA  2005 11 09   TIME  19 14 01    Sanity check passed      DONE WITH CONFIGURATION OF FPGA  0          CONFIGURING FPGA  1                        Performing Sanity Check on Bit File         BIT FILE ATTRIBUTES       FILE NAME  FPGA Fl BIT  FILE SIZE  003A943B bytes  PART  4  1  100    151319 42 39  DATA  2005 11 09   TIME  19 42 39       SmartMedia card  use the utility included on the user CD     By default  the Configuration circuit reads a file named                     on    the media catd for configuration commands     The global clocks  GOCLK  G1CLK  G2CLK  REFCLK  are  frequency configurable  The binary sequence M represents the  multiplication applied to the installed crystal  The N represents the  division applied  See the Hardware  Clocking for details     FPGA pin assignments for clocks are found in the appendix  PINS_OTHER    The MCU reads the conf
55.  Daughter card headers  Each pin  on the MegArray connector is rated to tolerate 1A of current without thermal overload  Most of  the power available to daughter cards through the connector comes from the two 12V pins  for  a total of 24W  Each power rail supplied to the Daughter card is fused with a reset able switch   Daughter cards are required to provide their own power supply bypassing and onrush current  limiting     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 125       HARDWARE     3 3V  5 0V  12 0V                     DCO_GCAP 104  050 GCAN 104       DCO GCBP 104  060 GCBN 104                       85  DCO_GCCN 85       1A PER PIN    RSTn  Section 1 of 5  Clock  Power  Reset            741    1  07    MEG Array 300 Pin  SOT95P280 5N        The RSTn signal to the daughter card is an open drain  buffered copy of the SYS_RSTn signal   This signal causes the entire DN8000K10 to reset  losing all FPGA configuration data and  resetting the configuration circuitry     8 2 5 MGT Signals  Also see Hardware  MGT Serial Resources  The connections  Daughter cards     8 2 6 VCCO Voltage   The signal voltage on the Daughter card interface is defined by the daughter card by setting the  voltage on the         0  VCCO1 and         2 pins  Since the daughter card provides all the  current necessary for the FPGA on the DN8000K10 to communicate over the daughter card  interface  the daughter card designer will have to determine the current requirements of the  interface     The each         
56.  EXTCLK PHO    E   2 VDD2           PHO F13    109  3 deu 308      NV ER 2     1 3 1 0   2                 0   24 vro 42 5  001       o 3H vbbs GCLK PHo Fo P 119  7 E 7   PCLKO            2 a             GCLK PH0 F9 N 119  nPCLK0    O                            0   84       25 taut Fouro H          7 eck 41   18  aa HH GCLK PHO F4    114  nFOUTO    nPCLK1                42       1         04  3                 F4    114  m tt m Qo H  0   42   OE2 PU  as FS GCLK PH0 Fs P 115  XTAL2        i a oy        nao nas s GCLK          5    115  4                2   n o    H roir 42 as  38    104             XH        A TP36 0   12          nas         104            TEST 1 m ia     Hie GCLK PH0   1    105  xw   o vr 19           na           PH0 F1 N 105       n t          43 nCLK PU   xw  5 0   17 rroka P 112  x   2 M5  i 5 MSB 10 112        S        MUXSEL1 2 5V 2   sei    enoi 0   0            PHO_MUXSELO_2 5V  SELO   GND2 a  ces        5 Nei 6 wos              ay     125854057        gt  BUFFER       ale Confi tion FPGA a    i onriguration Q12  GCLK PHO   11 P 107  Configuration FPGA    2             9 nai2   2 GCLK           11    107  0   27             1 ais S GCLK PH F10 P 106  18 a 0524          nara E 106  PHOCLK SCLK 18    clock                2 50   GND2                   ALLCLK SDATA 1   5           30          nara FA 111  ALLCLK SLOAD  30   8 Loap      GND4 a15                   4 P 110  0   28        LOAD 0   4            015 IGCLK PHO F14 N 110                  C  gt H
57.  F2        F6  F7   TP25  2 5   3 This net supplies                 AVCCAUX for  FPGAs F8  F9  F12  F13   TP46  2 5   2 This net supplies                 AVCCAUX for  FPGAs F10  F11  F14  F15   TP49 DIMM_VTT1 Termination voltage for DIMM1  J103    TP41  1 8V_1 Internal and IO voltage for DDR2 SODIMM  in sockets DIMMO        DIMMI  1100  1101        Grounded test points are distributed to make grounding oscilliscope probes easier     GND Test Points    TP18       13 2 Connectors  The following table lists all of the connectors on the DN8000K10  Also see the Schematics                               provided on the user CD   Assy   Purpose Connector Part Specification Signaling Top   Num Number Bot  J204 IDE  Use to AMP 103310 8        4 5V TTL T  connect remote http   www t13 org project d1153r18 ATA ATAPI 4 pdf  J201 CompactFlash Hirose Electronic Co  Compact Flash 3      LVTTL T  socket MI21 50PD SF EJR           www compactflash org   J203 USB Molex 67068 1000 USB 2 5V differential T  http   www usb org developers docs usb_20_02212005 zip  J206 Case Fan Molex 22 05 3031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open Drain Tachometer input T  P204 MCU terminal AMP 103310 10 Pin 2 TX  output   Pin 3 RX  input   Pin 5 GND RS232  12V  T                      DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       164       HARDWARE                                                                                                                                                                         P205
58.  ICS 84321       25Mhz ue 250Mhz 25Mhz    FPGA F0 or F12    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 179       REFERENCE DESIGN    The reference design uses the 1  584321 synthesizers to produce a reference clock for the MGT  circuits  The test patterns are 8 bits wide  and converted to a 10 bit frame using built in 8B10B  encoding  The serial transmit frequency is 2 5Gbs  The MGTs internally provide a parallel clock  output at 250Mhz that is used to clock the reference design logic   The main bus interface is still  run off GCLK2 at 48Mh2      All of the configuration options available  without recreating the configuration stream  are  brought out to registers accessible from main bus   See Address Maps   This includes the  powerful DRP interface  which allows modifications of the        internal PLL and data  routing control registers while the MGT is in operation  Operating links at 10Gbs will most  likely require changing internal settings of the MGT circuit to work with your particular link  It is  impossible for Dini Group to predict the link conditions of all users  so the default settings are  intended to work well on a very short  well matched noise free link     2 3 LVDS Test   The LVDS test is made up of two sets of files  the ABC and CBA versions  The IOs on the  FPGA pins are bi directional  and signal integrity issues could be different in the two directions   so two compiled designs are supplied to each bus can be tested in both directions           0 CC         
59.  INIT 0    78 CFG F0 CS B CS      P20  78 CFG      DONE  gt  gt  4  DONE 0 HSWAPEN 0  78 CFG F0 RDWR B E RDWR B 0  3 10 11 78 CFGO BUSY DOUT BUSY 0      R454    25  0 R578        100  0    PWRDWN_B_O  10 0K   DNI            18  3 10 11 78 JTAG GRPO TMS X TMS 0                  Mode  12 JTAG      TDO  gt    TDO 0 M2  0        H B  78 JTAG F0 TCK  gt  TCK 0      selection  Slave  VOC Config  PX        F1 AMG        9 9 9 9  o Selectmap   DN  TDN_O              7020 8888 5  3 JTAG_F1_TDO  gt   gt  gt  gt   gt   gt           R21                        alee                 USE TRACE FOR THIS RAIL       2 5 MCU   The operation of the Config FPGA is monitored and controlled by a Cypress CY7C68013   FX2  microcontroller  The microcontroller also has a USB 2 0 interface that can be used to  monitor the board  control configuration  or transfer data to and from the user FPGA design   Basic operation can be controlled over an RS232 link from a computer terminal     The MCU is a standard 8051 instruction set computer  except that all instructions are executed 4  cycles per instruction   The source code provided by the Dini Group on the user CD is supplied  with a Keil microVision IDE project file suitable for creating the firmware binaries for use with  the DN8000K10  For firmware update instructions see Controller Software  Updating the Firmware     2 5 1 RS232   The primary method of user interaction with the DN8000K10 configuration circuitry is the  MCU s RS232 port  P2   The Cypress 
60.  LCD Display AMP 103310 10 http    www ctystalfontz com products 633 data  sheets CFA  633 k19b pd   RS232  12    T      P206 User RS232_2 AMP 103310 10 Pin 2 TX  Pin 3 RX  Pin 5 GND RS232  12V  T  FPGA access from MB64B 16   J207 Case Fan 1 Molex 22 05 3031 Pin 2 12V  Pin 1 GND  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer 12V T  P200 EPS 24 Molex 39 29 1248 http   www ssiforum org Power  20Supplies EPS12V_Spec 202_1 pdf T  P201 EPS 8 Molex 39 29 1088 http   www ssiforum org  Power  20Supplies  EPS12V_Spec 202_1 pdf T  P202 EPS 4 Molex 39 29 5043 http   www ssiforum org Power  20Supplies EPS12V_Spec 202_1 pdf T  53 Hard Reset Omron SW416 Causes the board including the configuration circuit to reset 3 3   Open drain T  52 Logic Reset Omron SW416 Sends the    Logic Reset    signal to the 16 user FPGAs  3 3V Open drain T  BT1 Battery Socket Keystone 31  0589 Use Type 364 watch battery 1 5V T  J200 FPGA JTAG Molex 87832 1420 Compatible with Xilinx Parallel TV cable 2 5V Open Drain   T  http   www xilinx com bvdocs publications ds097 pdf  51 MCU switch CTS 219 4MST 3 3V T  J225 Configuration Molex 87832 1420 Compatible with Xilinx Parallel TV cable 3 3V Open drain  CPLD JTAG http   www xilinx com bvdocs publications ds097 pdf  0203   Boot code Mill Max Compatible with 24LC64 EPROM and Cypress CY7C68013 TQFP128 3 3V Open drain T  EPROM socket 110 93 308 41 001 http   ww1  microchip com downloads en DeviceDoc 21189K pdf         203 Chassis Controls CON10A TENTH   Pin 1 Logic reset  Pin 3 PS_ON  Pin
61.  ORDERING INFORMATION    T  1                                                                                                  188  11 FPGA FO              188  1 2 FPGA F1              F4  F5  F6  F7  F8  F9  F10  F11  F13  F14    15                188  1 3 Configuration FPGAS                                              189  2 M  LTI GIGABIT SERIAL OPTIONS sss                                              ce rice scusa musca ENEA               capa 189    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 7       ABOUT THIS MANUAL                      2 1 Serial Clock               5                21                                                                           189  3 OPTIONAL  EQUIPMENT                                                              189  3 1   cg                                            M   189  32     Daughter Cards                                                           190  4 THIRD PARTY                                                                E 191  5 COMMON PROBLEMS                                                                             192  5 1 1 Simulation Does not match Synthesis     sa 192  5 1 2 XST is giving errors because it cannot find virtex4 v or resync v                         193  5 1 3 Signal name 0  exists in my code  but place and route MAP step complains      signal name 0  from my ucf file does  not exist 193  5 1 4 Certify fails because      ports      my          4 do not match      specified part      193  5 1 5 The DN8
62.  RS232 port  See the next section for the reference  design Main Bus interface specification  The memory map for the reference design functions is  decoded as follows     This map is only valid for the                      reference design        DDR registers are only meaningful in FPGAs F1  F2  F13  F14     The upper 4 bits are used by the Dini Group to distinguish FPGAs       is hex        F1 is hex    1        F15 is hex    A        FPGA FO 0  08000002 IDCODE 0x05000121   FPGA F0 0  08000004 INTERCONTYPE 0  34561111   FPGA FO 0  08000006 RWREG Scratch Register for testing  FPGA F0 0  08000010 LED OE Controls LED output enables  FPGA FO 0x08000011 LED OUT Controls LED outputs    FPGA FO 0  08100001 CLK_COUNTER Contains contents of ACLK counter  FPGA FO 0x08100002 CLK_COUNTER Contains contents of BCLK counter  FPGA F0 0x08100003 CLK_COUNTER Contains contents of DCLK counter  FPGA FO 0  08100004 CLK COUNTER Contains contents of SYSCLK counte    FPGA F0 0  0  000000 ABPO OUT W the output state of FPGA IOs  connected to the           interconenct bus   FPGA F0 0  0  000004          OE W  The ouput enable of each FPGA  IO on the ABPO interconnect bus    FPGA FO 0  0  000008          IN The input state of each FPGA IO        on the ABPO interconnect bus   FPGA F0 0  0  00000            Name    ABPO     ascii    FPGA F0 0x0C000010       1        W  ABP1      output values   FPGA F0 0  0  000014 ABP1      W  Output enable of ABP1 bus   FPGA FO 0x0C000018 ABP1 IN R  ABP1 input valu
63.  See Hardware           33V  12 0V                       81 FAN_TACH_F7  gt  gt        Each FPGA active heatsink requires 12V power to operate  Each FPGA has a fan power  connector next to it  The fan tachometer signal is connected to the configuration FPGA     Two three pin right angle fan connectors are located on the right edge of the board for use with  a case fan  These are unused in the optional DN8000K10 chassis assembly     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 109       HARDWARE    6 FPGA Interconnect    The DN8000K10 was designed to maximize the amount of interconnect between the two  primary Virtex 4 FPGAs A and B  This interconnect was routed as tightly coupled differential  LVDS to provide the best immunity to power supply and cross talk noise so that your  interconnect can operate at the full switching speed of the output buffers  Following Xilinx  recommendations  the interconnect on the DN8000K10 was designed to operate at 1Gb s for  evety LVDS pair   Note 1Gb s operation requires the fasted speed grade part  LX200  12  In  order to achieve such breakneck speeds  you will need to operate the busses of signals using a  source synchronous clocking scheme  The interconnect signals on the DN8000K10 have been  optimized to operate in data lanes  There are 2 or 3 lanes connecting each horizontal or vertically  adjacent FPGA in the 4x4 FPGA array  Each lane has 4 differential LVDS source synchronous  clocks in each direction  These clock signals can also be used as 
64.  TXRUNDISP 7 2   TXENC64Be6BUSE                1                                4                TXSCRAMS4B66BUSE  TXPOLARITY    136    HARDWARE              RXN           9   04 022102    Figure 6 8  Receive Termination    10 3 RocketlO Clock Resources  AC coupled     10 3 1 Daughter card input  10 3 2 Synthesizers  Own powet supply     P3 3VAFX1  o    R215 R214  124 124    LVPECL OUTPUTS    U397      5349 18     24 14 FX1 CLKO FOUTOp To multiplexers    XTAL QUT           15          ciko FOUTOn T                nFOUTO 15 FX1 CLKO FOUTOn    XTALIN     FOUT  2   28 nFOUTI R1632  R1631   9 845  gt  845   TEST   P3 3VAFX1    1 00K DN  9  R1687    r       C5350     18         31       PULL UP PULL DOWN    R1673  1          DNI     O TEST_CLK    FX1 CLKO XTALSEL  gt  XTAL SEL  im x S 27         FX1_CLKO_VCOSEL   27          SEL ns P3 3VAFX1    PSSV               SCLK   gt        3j  s CLOCK voca              297                     SDATA               ALLCLK_SLOAD    gt  S_LOAD C1  0 1    nP_LOAD AUF 10uF  R1689  1 00K 17                   SRST            1CS84321    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 137       HARDWARE    10 3 3 Samtec           CABLE COUTO    P3 3VAFXO              FX0 CABLE COUTOn  x E D                                       4  25 5        391  2    R26  124    To multiplexers                                                                                                                            4 14 FX0_CLKO_FOUTOp     89 XTAL OUT            is         
65.  USB CONTROLLER PROGRAM                             29  4 1 Operating      USB controller                               2 2   1                           30  4 2 Using AETEST to run hardware tests            s scsssssssssssscssssesssesscsesesssssssesssessesessssssssssessesessenssssssessssssesasesssesnssssecesssosesenenscasese 32  4 2 1 AETV  st on Linux           32  4 2 2                                     E T 32  5 BOARD CON TAOD                                                uui 35  6 MOVING ON                                         36  CONTROLLER SOFTWARE        1 USB  CONTROLLER                                             37  11 Visual displays                                                        38       1 2 Log window          13 Menu Options         38  1 3 1 Contextual Menu   38  1 3 2 File Menu        38    1 3 3 Edit Menu       1 3 4 FPGA Configuration Menu  39  1 3 5 FPGA Memory Menu       40  1 3 6 Settings                                                                             41  1 3 7      MOH WISI X                                                                   43  2                                                            44  2 1                                                        45  2 2 Compiling ARETES                                                                        45    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 3       ABOUT THIS MANUAL    3 UPDATING THE DN8000K10                                                                        
66.  User Guide www dinigroup com 100       HARDWARE    RocketIO 1 2V top  1 2V right  1 2V bottom     These linear regulated rails are  vety low noise supplies for the                CML inputs and outputs  They are  isolated from each other to improve the isolation of multiple RocketlO  channels operating simultaneously     RocketIO 1 5V     This linearly regulated voltage rail supplies the internal digital  logic of the RocketIOs     RocketIO 2 5V     this linearly regulated voltage rail supplies the internal analog  circuits of the RocketIO            VEE5     Power for this rail is not supplied by the DN8000K10  but is  required for the operation of PECL optical modules  To power this rail  you will  need to connect an external power connector to the board from a low noise  voltage supply     There are test points for measuring the voltage levels of each rail near the top left of the  DN8000K10  Each rail is monitored by a voltage monitor circuit  and will cause a reset if any of  the primary supplies drop 5  or more below their set points     There are also LEDs next to each test point to indicate the presence of each voltage rail  These  LEDs do not indicate that a rail is within 5  of its set point  only that the rail is present and  above 1 6V  A power OK led shows the status of the ATX power supply   s PWR_OK signal  If  this LED is lit  then  5 0V and  3 3V  and  12V  12    are within 5  of their set points     5 1 Switching power supplies    The main power rails for t
67.  User This is your first source of technical information   Guide       DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 10       ABOUT THIS MANUAL    Resource    Description       DN8000K10 User  Guide appendicies    The appendicies are distributed with the User Guide on the  user CD and are available from      Dini Group website   www dinigroup com    PIN_OTHER     Pin to pin connection information for  Daughter cards  clocks  memory modules   Multi gigabit transceivers  MGT   LED and  Main Bus    PIN  DIAG     Pin to pin connections for inter FPGA  interconnect Diagonal  connections     PIN  HORIZ   Pin to pin connections for inter FPGA  interconnect Horizontal  connections     PIN  VERT   Pin to pin connections for inter FPGA  interconnect  Vertical  connections     Schematics pdf     Abbreviated schematics of the  DNS 8000K10  The PDF file can be searched  for net names and part numbers using the  PDF search     ASSY TOP pdf     A drawing of the DN8000K10 top side  showing part placement    ASSY BOT pdf  A drawing of      DN8000K10 bottom  side  reversed  showing part placement    DRILL pdf     A drawing showing the DN8000K10 s phystical  dimensions and mounting hole locations       DN8000K10  document library    Datasheets for all parts used on the DN8000K10   Application notes providing implementation suggestions   design documents  specifications of implemented interfaces    Xilinx Virtex 4 User Guide  UG70   Xilinx RocketIO User Guide  Xilinx Virtex 4 Errata       DN8000K10 ref
68.  Windows XP users can use Microsoft s  HyperTerminal  Start  gt Programs  gt  Accessories  gt Communications  gt  HyperTerminal  however we recommend using a good terminal program such as SecureCRT   Vandyke com   Make sure the computer serial port is configured with the following  options    Bits per second  19200   Data bits  8   Parity  None   Stop Bits  1   Flow control  None   Terminal Emulation      100  or none     3  Connect    USB cable  provided  to connect the DN8000K10 to a Windows XP  computer  Older Windowses may work  but are not supported  Use connector J203       the DN8000K10  or if it 1s installed in a chassis  you can use the remote USB power on  the faceplate of the chassis     4  Connect power supply cables  If you are using an EPS power supply  provided  connect  all three power connectors  4  8 and 24 pin  to P202  P201  and P200  If the  DN8000K10 is installed in its chassis  use the red power switch on the faceplate to  power on the DN8000K10  If you are operating without the chassis  a jumper must be  installed on P203 pin 3 to pin 4  or the EPS power supply will not turn on  There is no  power switch on the supplied power supply  so the DN8000K10 will power on  immediately after you plug it in  You can also use a standard ATX power supply for the  DN8000K10  See Hardware  Power    3 5 Poweron   If the board is in a chassis  you can use the front panel    POWER    switch to turn on the  DNS8000K10  If the boatd is not in a chassis you must use the p
69.  be called    Test DN8000K10 PCI             This item automates a test of the memory space on the    main bus    interface  but allows you to specify which FPGA s  you would like to test     h  Set DDR config  This item allows you to set the size of the installed DDR2 memory module    and hence the address range to test     i Read DDR config  This item displays the current size of the installed DDR2 memory module     j Display Memory         This item displays for reference a table showing the memory map of the default  Dini Group reference design         Send Command File  This item allows the user to select a script containing    main bus  transactions to  automate testing tasks  The menu item displays an Open dialog and asks the  uset to select a file  The contents of the file should be ASCII text  AD 00000000     sets current addtess to 0  WR 12345678    writes hex 12 34 56 78 to address 0  WR 12345678     writes hex 12 34 56 78 to address 1  RD 1000    writes 1000 DWORDs  4 byte  to log window    1 3 6 Settings Info    a  Set RocketIO Frequency  This item shows a dialog box that allows you to set the clock source and        settings of the MGT clocks  The clocks        0 and        1 feed the  MGTs of FPGA FO  The clocks     1 0 and FX1  1 feed the MGTs on  FPGA F12     b  Set Clock input frequency  The DN8000K10 firmware is preprogrammed knowing the frequency of  the reference crystals installed on the inputs of the PLL circuits on the  board   These numbers can be ove
70.  bit file extension generated by the Xilinx tool  bitgen  for each of the 16 Virtex 4 FPGAs on to the Compact Flash card  The compiled   bit files of the Dini Group DN8000K10 reference design are provided on the User CD  in the directory  D  FPGA Programming Files  Standard_Reference_Design  There are provided programming files for all types of supported FPGAs  you must  select the ones that are compiled for the FPGAs on your board     For more information about generating configuration streams  see FPGA Design Guide  and Hardware  Configuration Section    3  Create a file on the root of the Compact Flash card called main txt  The main txt file  contains instructions for the configuration circuitry of the DN8000K10  It also contains  settings required by the reference design to work properly like clock frequencies and  main bus enable  See Hardware  Configuration Section  Compact Flash for a detailed  description of the available main txt file commands     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 20       QUICK START GUIDE    4  Copy the following text into main txt and save  Eject the Compact Flash card     Default Main txt file contents             main txt use with DN8000K10 reference design    verbose level  2  sanity check  y    2 PHO CLOCK FREQU 150   2 PH1 CLOCK FREQU   200   2 PH2 CLOCK FREQUENCY  66MHz  FREQU   200    84  84  84  8442 REF CLOCK    4 4 4 4          DIVIDE BY    GCLKO SELECT  8  GCLK1 SELECT  8  GCLK2 SELECT  D      1    e                                
71.  board 15 in reset indicating a power failure         firmware problem     Check the EPS power supply voltage indication LEDs to confirm that all  externally supplied power rails of the DN8000K10 are within 5  of their  nominal voltage  From the top  these green LEDs indicate the presence of  3 3V  12V  5 0V  and    ATX POWER          A green lit    ATX power          indicates that the voltage monitor inside the EPS power supply are within  acceptable operating ranges  5V is 4 5     5 5V  3 3V is 3 0 3 6V      Check the Configuration FPGA status green LEDs  These are located along the  top right corner of the board     Check the Configuration FPGA DONE status LED  DS108  This LED  indicates that the Configuration FPGA has been configured  If this LED is not  lit soon after power on  then there may be a problem with the firmware on the  DNS8000K10  This LED off or blinking may indicate a problem with one of the  board s power supplies     Check the FPGA F0 green DONE LED  0526 to the top of FPGA FO  If       is installed  This green LED is lit when FPGA      is configured and  operational  This light should be on if you loaded the reference design from the  CompactFlash card     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 28       QUICK START GUIDE    6        Figure 10    7  Check the 4 green user LEDs      FPGA FO  If the Dini Group DN8000K10  reference design was properly loaded in the correct FPGA  then these LEDs  will be blinking     8  If you suspect one or more FPGAs did n
72.  hex  Output status of  IOs      bus XX    XX can be 0 21 hex  OE status of IOs  XX can be 0 21 hex  The input values  The name of the bus XX  schematic     Mapped to DDR2 SODIMM        interface    0x05000121   0x34561111   Scratch Register for testing   Controls LED output enables  Controls LED outputs   Contains contents of ACLK counter  Contains contents of BCLK counter  Contains contents of DCLK counter  Contains contents of SYSCLK counte    upper address bits for DDR2 interface  number of bits in DDR2HIADDR   The size of the DDR2 module   Current IDELAY values of DDR2        interface    XX can be 0 21 hex  Output status of   IOs on bus XX    XX can be 0 21 hex  OE status of IOs  XX can be 0 21 hex  The input values   The name of the bus XX  schematic     Mapped to DDR2 SODIMM         interface    0x05000121   0x34561111   Scratch Register for testing   Controls LED output enables  Controls LED outputs   Contains contents of ACLK counter  Contains contents of BCLK counter  Contains contents of DCLK counter  Contains contents of SYSCLK counte    upper address bits for DDR2 interface  number of bits in DDR2HIADDR    182       REFERENCE DESIGN    FPGA F2 0x28000005 DDR2SIZEHIADDR The size of the DDR2 module   FPGA F2 0  28000007   DDR2TAPCNTO Current IDELAY values of DDR2     FPGA F2 0  28000008  DDR2TAPCNT1    interface    3 1 1 Decoder  The following is an address decoder diagram     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 183       REFERENCE DESIGN                      B
73.  is contained in a Xilinx configuration PROM  This  update can be accomplished with the Xilinx JTAG programming program  Impact  You will  need a JTAG cable like Xilinx Parallel cable IV  or platform USB cable     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 45       USB SOFTWARE    3 1 Updating the MCU  flash  firmware  To protect against accidental erasure  the MCU firmware cannot be updated unless the board is  put in firmware update mode during power on  Find Switch block 1  S1  on the DN8000K10        Move switch S1  1 to the ON position  Power on the DN8000K10     Open the USBController program  If the DN8000K10 powered on in firmware update mode   there will be an update flash dialog box as figure on left  Click    Yes    to open flash_flp hex file        Update lash       You are booted from EEPROM  Would  you like to update flash        DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 46       USB SOFTWARE    If the USBController is already opened  click    Refresh    button  there will be an    Update Flash     button near the top of the USBController window  Click on this button  as figure below                DiNi Products USB Controller    File Edit FPGA Configuration FPGA Memory   Settings Info Extras      Refresh   Update Flash   Boot From Flash            When the Open    dialog box appears  navigate to the Firmware image file supplied by Dini  Group  The file name should be             flp hex   Press OK     The USB Controller should freeze for about 10 seconds while the fir
74.  module      use in the 200 pin SODIMM header     Mictor module for use in the 200 pin SODIMM header   2 Mictor 38 connectors for  use with logic analyzer     Third Party Equipment    You may also want to obtain from a third party vendor       DDR2SDRAM SODIMM  200 pin   PC2 3200 CL 3 Unbuffered  Acceptable Part List from crucial com  CT12864AC40E  1GB   CT6464AC40E  512MB   CT3264AC40E  256MB        DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 191       REFERENCE DESIGN       SEP modules    IBM part 13N1796 from insight com  180  FibreChannel   Asante GBIC 1000SX insight com  104  1000Base SX   3Com           81 insight com  131  100Base FX    3Com 3CSFP93 insight com  154  1000Base T     e XFP modules      Intel part TXN181070850X18 from insight com  692           heatsink clip     Tyco part 1542992 2    52V bench supply for powering ECL based        modules  if required     e Xilinx Parallel IV cable  95  or Xilinx Platform USB cable  149  Xilinx com       LVPECL oscillators for RocketlO MGT clocking   The DN8000K10 comes  with a 250Mhz oscillator standard     Epson Part EG 2102CA PECL digikey com  40     Xilinx ChipScope for embedded logic analyzer functionality        Surface mount reference crystals for RocketIO  15  84321  synthesizers or  global  1  58442  synthesizers     5 Common Problems    5 1 4 Simulation Does not match Synthesis  Make sure that the clock your design uses is running with an Oscilloscope ot the USB  Controller program     Check the pin out in your const
75.  net supplies power for the host board FPGA for one entire bank  Bank 0   VCCOO  includes the signals BOL 0 31   Bank 1  VCCO1  includes B1L 0 31   Bank 2   VCCO2  includes signals B2L 0 31   on the 400 pin headers only     FPGA VCCO power is provided by the daughter card for each connected bank  This allows  the daughter card to define the I O standard to be used on the bank     8 2 7  VCCO bias generation   Since a daughter card will not always be present on a daughter card connector  a VCCO bias  generator is used on the motherboard for each daughter card bank to keep the VCCO pin on  the FPGA within its recommended operating range  The VCCO bias generators supply  1 2V  to the VCCO pins on the FPGAs  and are back biased by the daughter card when it drives the  VCCO rails     The VCCO voltage impressed by the daughter card should be less than 3 75 to prevent  destruction of the Virtex 4 IOs connected to that daughter card     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 126       HARDWARE     lt DCO_BO_VCCO    380mA MAX  AT 1 22V        Vadj   1 22        LT1763CS8    SOIC127P600 8N R467    10 0K         380mA MAX AT 1 22V    8 3 Daughter card Types  To avoid incompatibilities with future products  the Dini Group has defined daughter          sizes    that it uses for all of its standard daughter cards using the MegArray connector system                 TYPE 3B  8 2  X 4 2        7 0  X 2 75                       TYPE 1    7 0  X 2 75  TYPE 2    7 0  X 2 75                      
76.  on the DN8000K10  J203  is connected directly to the USB pins       the Cypress MCU  Some transient protection is provided     R838    VBUS PWR VALID        GND SHIELD  GND SHIELD          Figure 24 USB Connector    The Cypress receives    24Mhz clock from an oscillator  X3   The Cypress internally multiplies  this clock to 480Mhz for USB 2 0 and 48Mhz for GPIF operation  The core runs at 24Mhz  along with the external memory interface  Communication over this external memory interface  is clocked using the MCU            signal driven from the        at 48Mhz   The Config FPGA  communicates over main bus with the Virtex 4 FPGAs using a separate 48Mhz oscillator  X1   and distributes this clock to each FPGA including itself     DN8000K10 draws no power from USB  It uses VBUS to signal MCU about USB     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 82       HARDWARE    MCU                            USB H    b  480Mhz        48Mhz                                                    24Mhz                                                                                     Memory cx  Mapped 10                                               GCLK2 MAIN BUS  MB80B 36 0     X 2        Fo Fl      F153                                                 Data transfer through FX2 device starts with a request from a user mode program  Firmware  may reply this request immediately or performs data transfer with an external component before  it replies the user  As stated before firmwares are free to u
77.  on the user  CD     2 5 8 CompactFlash   The CompactFlash card socket data pins are bussed between the Cypress MCU GPIF pins  and  Configuration FPGA IOs on the signals  SMD0 SMDT   These signals lines are used by the  Configuration FPGA to read the main txt file from the CompactFlash card  They are connected  to the MCU only to preserve pins  The MCU uses these signals as data pins in the GPIF  interface between the MCU and the configuration FPGA  The MCU does not access the  CompactFlash  SmartMedia  or IDE interfaces directly     See Configuration Options  CompactFlash    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 84       HARDWARE                    Figure 25 CompactFlash socket    3 Clocking    The clocking circuitry on the DN8000K10 is designed for high speed operation  The flexible  clock design should meet the most difficult clocking needs  allowing 7 totally asynchronous   controllable clock sources for the entire sixteen FPGA array     All global clock networks are differential  LVDS signaled  low skew  low jitter clocks  The  programmable clock sources provided by the DN8000K10 are suitable for running 250Mhz  DDR2 memoty interfaces  and inter FPGA interconnects as fast as 1Gb s     In addition  each Virtex 4 FX100 FPGA is provided with two ultra low jitter reference clocks  suitable for 10Gb s serial IO for off boatd communication     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 85       HARDWARE    SMA SMA SMA  2 1    1CS8442 Ics  SYNTH 0    1  58442  SYNTH 1    FPGA ARRA
78.  or un mating of the connector by rolling in a direction perpendicular to  alignment slots keys may cause damage to the terminal contacts and is not recommended     8 2 Daughter Card Electrical   The daughter card pin out and routing were designed to allow use of the Virtex  5 1 Gbps  general purpose IO  and 10Gbs MGT signaling  All signals on the DN8000K10 are all routed as  differential  50 Ohm transmission lines  with means to properly terminate     No length matching is done on the PCB for daughter card signals   except between two ends of  a differential pair   because the Virtex 4 1s capable of variable delay input using the built in  IDELAY module     8 2 1 Pin assignments   The pin out of the DN8000K10 expansion system was designed to reduce cross talk to  manageable levels while operating at full speed of the Virtex 4  The ground to signal ratio of the  connector is 1 1  General purpose IO is arranged in a GSGS pattern to allow high speed single   ended or differential use  On the host  these signals ate routed as loosely coupled differential  signals  meaning when used differentially  they benefit from the noise resistant properties of a  differential pair  but when used single endedly  do not interfere with each other excessively     All high speed signals on the DN8000K10  including daughter card signals  are routed against a  ground potential reference plane     The RocketIO signals on daughter cards DCO and               arranged in    GSSG  These signals  can o
79.  select from one of the  two clock trees to clock that entire tile  Each tile  contains two RocketIO transceivers  so each pair  of channels must share a single transmit clock     Once a clock is routed to an MGT tile  that clock can be multiplied and divided by the MGT    tile     Parallel Data    TXASYNCDIV 1 0     TXCLKMODE 3     TXCLKMODE 1                Data        Figure 2 3         Transmit Clocking    TXCLKMODE o   2     Most users will want to use the frequency synthesizer for generating RocketIO reference clocks   The ICS843020 01 synthesizer is very low jitter and should suitable for operation up to 6Gbs  RocketIO operation  The frequency of the synthesizer can be adjusted through the main txt file  on the SmartMedia catd  or through the USB GUI program     DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com    141       HARDWARE                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       CABLE COUTOn  CABLE               R443 R444 R445 R446  100R 1008 1008 100R  CABLE_COUTO  010 15       031 T4         C671    1       24 14 C1046  i         XTALI Fouro Ha 4 Hd  3 4 ee i M34   MGTCLK P  102  5 6     25 11 R447 R448 R449 R450 N34 EE   7 8      XTAL2             12 88 7RSS 88 7R 88 7RSS 88 7R MGTCLK N  102  9 10 28
80.  slots are provided with 1 8V power as required by the DDR2 SODIMM  specification  This voltage can be adjusted if the customer would like to design a custom  daughter catd for use in the memory sockets     20A power supply     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 116       HARDWARE    See schematic first    R45     dimm 0 and 1  R194     dimm 2 and 3   NL  1 8V  default    11 0  2 5     4 75  3 3     Remember to disable XFPs  R2  XFP          R230   XFP FX1   LED indicates power more than 1 8V  0523 dimms 0 and 1    DS143 dimms 2 and 3     VREF is connected to external 0 9V  7 4 Alternate Memory modules    Dini Group has alternate memoty modules available to provide SRAM  RLDRAM and Flash  memory  These are compatible with the 1 8   SODIMM slots on the DN8000K10    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 117       HARDWARE    8 Daughter Card Interface    The expansion system of the DN8000K10 is designed to provide the highest total ageregate  bandwidth possible  The connector  pin out and signaling  has been selected to achieve this  The  Source synchronous interface requirements of the Virtex 4 FPGA have been met by the  daughter card expansion interface to allow use of the built in serdes modules  See Xilinx  Appnote XAPP704           The daughter card interface includes 11 MEG Array connectors  made by FCI  The expansion  headers come in two flavors  a 300 and 400 pin varieties  The Triton board mounts four 300 pin  connectors on the left side of the array  and four 400 
81.  the external flash can be reprogrammed to allow Dini Group to  update the firmware of the DN8000K10        loo       43 3  3   3                 R251 R250  83V U13 2 2K 2 2K   3   R240       R239                  vec            MCU           1 SCL  R238 1K      SDA         A2 SDA      EM A    MCU EPROM WP           24LC64 TSSOP8                                       Address  00000001  0x01     RAM Space   0  0000 to Ox1FFF       The format of the data in the EPROM is as follows     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 78       HARDWARE    EEPROM   Value Description   Address   0 0    0 Always          for a configured CeUb2 device    1 OxF8 Lower byte of Cesys USB vendor id  0  10  8     2 0x10 Upper byte of Cesys USB vendor id  0x10F8     3 0x00     0x01   0x00 for loader driver  0x01 for CeUsb2 real  driver    4 0    2 Always 0    2 for a configured CeUsb2    5 OxXX Lower byte of the Cesys specific device  identifier    6 OxXX Upper byte of the Cesys specific device  identifier    7 0  00 FX2 specific configuration byte  Always 0x00              Figure 23 MCU Eprom format    2 5 5 Config FPGA Memory Space   The Configuration FPGA is connected to the                 7 0  signals  the  MCU  ADDR 15 0  signals and the        OE signal  allowing it to decode address accesses of  the MCU  The Configuration FPGA is programmed to respond to accesses in the XDATA  address space in the address range of 0xDF00 to OxDFFF    Communication over the MCU memory bus to the Config FPGA i
82.  the headers DCO or            DC1CLK    can be  sourced from DC2 or          DC2CLK  can be sourced from DC5 or DC6   DC3CLK  can be  sourced from DC7 or DC8  The headers DC4 and DC9 have no global clock sourcing  capabilities     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 92       HARDWARE       Daughter Card  Plug 4    Daughter Card  Plug 0  Daughter Card  Plug 5                  GLOBAL SIDE    A    GLOBAL SIDE                      Plug 1  Plug 6                        5 5         co co  S S  c c  a a    FPGA  ARRAY    Daughter Card  Plug 2  Daughter Card  Plug 7            GLOBAL SIDE          GLOBAL SIDE  A              Daughter Card  Plug 3  Plug 8       Daughter Card    Daughter Card  Plug 9                The selection of daughtercard clock soures can be made from the USB GUI application  or by  entering a command on the CompactFlash main txt file          CompactFlash     Main txt file  DCLK  DCB 200MHz    Figure 30 Example DC clock select syntax             The clock tree is distributed through two levels of 1 4 PLL buffers with multiplexer inputs  The  first level distributes the clock to the second level  and feeds back to the source daughtercards to  allow the daughtercard to synchronize the output  The PLL in the buffers has a wide frequency  range  but the PLL mode of each PLL must be set in order for the PLL to lock  This setting is  made in the main txt file  The PLL can also be bypassed for low speed operation  or if  synchronization is not needed      desired  
83.  use of  Xilinx new 11Gbs transceivers  High speed I O connections provided include the following     XFP socket  4      used for high speed  9 5 11 Gbps  optical modules  SFP socket  4      used for medium speed  1 4Gbs  optical modules    SMA  4 channels      RF frequency connectors with bandwidth beyond 20Ghz  Each channel  provides up to 10Gbs in both directions     Daughter card connectors  2      the 300 pin daughter card connectors associated with each FX  part provide four  FX60 100  MGT channels per connector  The daughter card connector is  FCI the MegArray series 300 pin high speed connector  These interfaces are expected to  support medium  to high speed serial I O links     Samtec QSE connectors  4      these small  differential connectors have off the shelf coaxial  ribbon cables available  Samtec EQDP  capable of 10Gb operation   See Xilinx publication    RPTO15     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 134       HARDWARE                                           Right    Functional Assignment    Left    Functional Assignment  Column Tiles Column  Tiles  109 Daughter card channels 3 and 4 101 Samtec channels 5 and 6  FX100 only   110 XFP Modules  production parts only  102 Samtec channels 3 and 4  112 Daughter card channels 1 and 2 103 Samtec channels 1 and 2  113 SFP modules 105 Straight SMA connector pairs  114 Samtec channels 7 and 8      100 only  106 End Launch SMA connector pairs       Table 7 1 RocketIO Tile Assignments for FPGA 0  FX60 100             
84.  which MGT COL and         is connected to which external                     see  the Appendix Pins Other  ot see Hardware  MGT Serial Resources  The connectivity is different from  the      to the F12 FPGAs     Frame Cnt  Shows a 64 bit counter clocked off the MGT tiles USER  CLK  This counter is  reset using option 9  Reset All in the MGT menu          C  dpalme     LUDS Interconnect test  direction ABC    Display Registers    F  amp F1 gt   Display Registers  F2 amp F3  gt   Display Registers  F4 amp F5  gt   Display Registers  F6 amp F7 gt   Display Registers   F8 amp F9 gt   Display Registers    F1  amp F1i1i gt   Display Registers  lt F12 amp F13 gt   Display Registers  lt F14 amp F15 gt   Display All Registers           Display All Registers  lt   1 gt   Display All Registers   TR Reset   R amp  Reset   Start Restart Test         Reset On  Send Training Sequence gt   TR Reset Off  Quit   Enter Option        DN8000K10 User Guide 173    REFERENCE DESIGN         C XdpalmerMKS AEtest usbXaetest  usbXaeusb  wdm exe       banks enabled           ABA  DATAOK           FRAMES 6666 66606606 ERR 6666 Goa800H0           DATAOK           FRAMES 888080 808008800 ERR AAAA HAHAHAHAA       2  DATAOK           FRAMES 888080 88080080800 ERR 80880 HAHAHAHA      DATAOK   FFFFFFFF FRAMES FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF ERR FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF     DATAOK   FFFFFFFF FRAMES FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF ERR FFFFFFFF FFFFFFFF  AFG  DATAOK           FRAMES 6666 66606606 ERR 6666 6080080    Hit a Key to stop       1 3 Com
85. 0   35         release control of the main bus  the user FPGA  one cycle later asserts DONE  MB80B 33    It must then tri state the AD  DONE  and VALID  signals  The user should use the Xilinx PULLDOWN on the DONE and VALID IO buffers to  prevent these signals from changing state during an idle main bus              MB80B 34        WR  Spartan  MB80B 33           DONE  FPGA  MB80B 36     AD 31 0   Bi  MB80B  31 0           ALE  Spartan  MB80B 32        write command is initiated by the configuration              DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 185       REFERENCE DESIGN                   USB_CLK   SYS CLK                    RD  Spartan   MB 34      WR  Spartan        33      DONE  FPGA        36                     AD 31 0   Bi   MB 31 0            ALE  Spartan   MB 32      One cycle after presenting the address  the configuration FGPA presents a 32 bit data on the  AD bus  The user FPGA then asserts DONE 1 255 clock cycles late    186    www dinigroup com       DN8000K10 User Guide    Chapter    Ordering Information    Dini Group part number  DNS8000K10    1 FPGA Options    1 1 FPGA FO  F12   Select an FPGA part to be supplied in the FO and F12 position  These FPGAs slots are the only  available with the FX family of Virtex 4 FPGAs  Installing these slots enables use of RocketlO  MGT 10Gb serial transceivers     In order to use SFP FX1_SFP 0 1   SAMTEC J235  the FX60 or FX100 part is required for  F12    In order to use daughter card DCO channel 3 4 or SMAs Channel 2 
86. 000K10 cannot read my SmartMedia card  The RS232 port prints  Bad SM card format                                193  5 1 6 There is a lot of deterministic jitter  DJ  on my RocketIO channel A  5 1 7 There is a lot of deterministic jitter  DJ  on my RocketIO clock        194  5 1 8 My design works correctly in all the FPGAs except for one                              194  5 1 9 RocketIO is getting a high bit error rate Ai  5 1 10 I COBRE ISIN                             5 2                    50003                                                                                          5 2 1 Where are all of the debug pins                    5 2 2 Where can get the daughter card connectors   ccsccscissecssesccetsnssevasssnsasedsessetiessosssesevserensuoscndedvesenssessensetdiosevesdstacddetessoassstors 194  5 2 3 Can I use two Dini Products at the same time          5 2 4 Do you provide a board description file for s  5 2 5 Where is the VHDL reference                                                 M 194    DN8000K10 User Guide www  dinigroup com 8       Chapter    About this Manual           to DNSO00K10 Logic Emulation Board    Congratulations on your purchase of the DINS000K10 LOGIC Emulation Board  If  jou are unfamiliar with Dini Group produds  you should read Chapter 2  Quik Start  Guide to                  yourself with the user interfaces the DINSOOOK10 provides                 r ME                                         DNSOO0K10    ABOUT THIS MANUAL    1 Manual Cont
87. 06        7  QSEO06        7    28  05  06 RXP 8  05  06        8  A29   QSE06 RXN 10  QSE06 RXN 10  GT11 X0Y7 D34  QSEO3 TXP Samtec QSE0 33 266 SMA RF   102  E34  05  03        Connector 31 267 Connector  A31   QSEOS         J232  32 264 Right Angle  A32   QSEO3 RXN 34 265  GT11_X0Y6 F34  QSE04_TXP 39 268  G34  05  04        37 269  034  05  04        38 270  K34  QSE04_RXN 40 271  GT11_X0Y5 V34   QSEO1 TXP Samtec QSEO    258 SMA RF   103  34  05  01        Connector 1 259 Connector    34  QSEO1         J232  2 256 Straight  T34   QSEO1 RXN 4 257  GT11       4 34    5  02        9 260        4  05  02        7 261        4 JQSE02_RXP 8 262  AD34  QSE02_RXN 10 263  GT11_X0Y3 AJ34  242 SMA RF QSEO3 TXP SamtecQSE 33   105  AK34  243 Connectors           _       Connector 31  AF34 1240 Straight   5  0          32      34  241  QSEO3 RXN 34  GT11 X0Y2 AL34  J244   5  04 TXP 39      34  J245   5  04        37        2 W246   5  04        38        1  247  QSE04 RXN 40  GT11 XOY1 AP23   250 SMA RF QSEO1 TXP SamtecQSE 3   106  AP22  J251 Connectors  QSE01        Connector 1      26  248 Right Angle   5  01        2      25  249   5  01 RXN 4    DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       147    HARDWARE    GT11_X0YO                LEFT COLUMN CLOCKS                            1  0382  EG 2101CA OSC3  1388  EG 2101CA    102  250Mhz 250Mhz   lari 1CLK_XOY1 SYNTHO ICS84321 25 5Mhz SYNTHO ICS84321 25 5Mhz    105           0     FX1 0    QSEO  4232   Samtec QSE 20 22  05  0  1233  Sa
88. 13  F14  and F15                 BREAK 2 OR 3   BREAK 0 OR           TO  Config  FPGA    BREAK                  104 105 112 113 BREAK  POINTO    lt  lt        114 115 116 117 BREAK  POINT14  lt  lt        106 107 118 119 BREAK  POINT24  lt  lt   108 109 110 111 BREAK  POINT34  lt  lt     74LVC08  SOIC127P600 14N    These four signals are then Or d again and read by the configuration FPGA     This feature has not been implemented  Contact support dinigroup com for assistance     3 1 4 DIV Clocks   If a clock is required below the frequency threshold of the ICS8442  31Mhz   you must select  the    DIV    as the source of the global clock network  This can be done from the USB  Controller software in the clock setup control panel          main txt file  GCLKO SELECT  DIV    enables divide clock    Figure 27 DIV Clock selection syntax example             DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 90       HARDWARE    3 1 5 User Clock  The DN8000K10 has an SMA pair for each of the three global clock networks G0  G1 and G2  for inputting clocks  The expected signaling standard for the input is LDVS    DEFAULT CONFIG FOR LVDS SIGNALING  CAN BE CONFIGURED FOR LVPECL OR CML    142 0701 201  2 2226 2                                                                                                                                                                                                                   3 4  i T             2221 142 0701 201 oH voor GCLK          13 P 109               
89. 28  0529  0526  0530  0531  0532  0533  0596  0597  0598  0599  05100    05101  05102  05103  05113     1 2   11         1 2   12         1 2   13         1 2   14 OK    1 2   15 OK    1 2   16         1 2   2         1 2   3         1 2   4         1 2   5         1 2   6         1 2   7         1 2   8 OK    1 2   9           1 8V_0 GT  22V         1 8   0           1 8   1 GT 22V         1 8V_1_OK    2 1V_OK   42 5V 0 OK   42 5V 1        42 5V 2 OK   42 5V 3 OK    3 3V_OK    5 0V_OK   FO_LEDO   FO LED1        LED2        LED3   F1 LEDO   F1 LED1   F1 LED2   F1 LED3   F10 LEDO   F10 LED1   F10 LED2   F10 LED3   F11 LEDO    F11 LED1  F11 LED2  F11 LEDS3  F12 LEDO    DN8000K10 User Guide    GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  RED   GREEN  RED   GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN    The net  1 2   11 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   12 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   13 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   14 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   15 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   16 is  gt  1 04V  Config FPGA power   The net  1 2   2 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   3 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   4 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   5 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   6 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   7 is  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   86  gt  1 04V   The net  1 2   96  gt  1 04V   The net  1 8   0 is  gt
90. 3  the FX60 or FX100 part  is required for FO   In order to use      SAMTEC channel 5 6 7 8 the FX100 part is required or FO and F12    In order to achieve 10Gbs operation on the MGT transceivers  speed grade    12 is required  In  order to achiever 1Gb operation of the inter FPGA interconnect  the    12 speed grade is  required     NONE   FX40    10    11  12  FX60    10    11    12      100 10 11 12    1 2 FPGA F1  F2  F3    4  F5  F6  F7  F8  F9  F10  F11  F13  F14  F15   Select an FPGA part to be supplied in the B position  This FPGA is connected to an expansion  header  a memory module socket  and can source global clocks  The  12 speed grade is required  for full speed operation  1 Gbs pair  of the interconnect between FPGAs     NONE    REFERENCE DESIGN    LX100    10    11  12  LX160    10    11  12  LX200    10    11  12    1 3 Configuration FPGA   The configuration FPGA  Xilinx Virtex 4 LX 40     For special configuration requirements  an expansion header is connected to the configuration  FPGA  Connectivity to this header requires upgrading the configuration FPGA to an LX80     2 Multi Gigabit Serial Options    2 1 Serial Clock Crystals   The DN8000K10 is equipped with frequency synthesizers  1  584321  for its high speed serial   MGT  interfaces  These synthesizers are appropriate for serial transmission speeds of up to  10Gbs  By default  the crystals supplied are 25 0000Mhz  MGT left or right columns  and  25 50000Mhz  MGT left column only     These selections ar
91. 32 ports  P7 and P8  that can  be used if an installed daughter card is covering the headers on the front  These duplicate  headers are not installed by default  but can be installed on request               To LCD  From Config  FPGA display  CFA B33  P205  CON10A     12 0V F60        POLYSWITCH 103310 10  2       This goes to the front panel LCD display     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 71       HARDWARE    2 3 66 Main Bus control  The Configuration FPGA controls main bus using these registers     See the section Hardware  FPGA Interconnect  Main Bus    2 3 7 LEDs    insert picture gt     Here s what they mean     2 3 8 Remote access  LCD    Buttons         REMOTE_LOGIC_RESET           REMOTE_HARD_RESET    P203   gt   CON10A    PSON connected to EPS connector     2 3 9         There is a single      bus on the DN8000K10 connecting all      enabled chips on the board  On  this bus are three MAX1617A temperature sensing chips  U3  U4  U24   two DDR2 SODIMM  sockets  and a serial EPROM  The IIC bus is polled constantly by the MCU for temperature  information  Functions for the DDR2 SODIMM      and serial prom are currently    unimplemented     2 3 10 Signal Descriptions    The signal pin out list for the Configuration FPGA can be found in the Appendix Pins Other  A    brief description of those signals is found here     2 4 FPGA configuration Process  This is what the DN8000K10 does after power up     1  EEPROM    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com       HARDWARE  
92. 42 0701 201 1  5854057 for LVPECL       CML   1408      FX1_XFP1    AMP 1367500 1 http   www xfpmsa org XFP_SFF_INF_8077i_Rev4_0 pdf CML  0409          1             AMP 1367500 1 http   www xfpmsa org XFP_SFF_INF_8077i_Rev4_0 pdf CML  J239  FX1 5    0    Molex 74441 0001 SFP specification CML  INF 8074 PDF  1238        1_     1    Molex 74441 0001 SPF specification CML T             INF 8074 PDF             DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com 165       HARDWARE                                                                                                                                                                                                                         U405                              1367500 1 http   www xfpmsa org XFP_SFF_INF_8077i_Rev4_0 pdf CML il   U404           XFP1  AMP 1367500 1 http    www xfpmsa otg  XFP  SFF        80771 Rev4           CML  237           SEPO  Molex 74441 0001 SFP specification CML   INF 8074 PDF  J236                      Molex 74441 0001 SFP specification CML T  INF 8074 PDF   1255 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  254 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  253 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  252 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  251 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xil
93. 5 addr    SCLK should be a free running clock no faster than 1Mhz  To begin a read or write hold CS  low and RD WRn low synchronously with SCLK  Serially transmit a 5 bit sequence to the  CPLD using the SDATA pin  The sequences are used for the CPLD to determine which optical  module to access  The 5 bit sequence can be one of the following  binary      DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 151       SFP1_TxFAULT    SFP1_MOD DEF1  SFP1_MOD DEFO  SFP1_RATE_SEL  SFP1_LOS    HARDWARE    S RD SFPO 10011 Read from SFPO   S RD         10100 Read from SFP1   S RD XFPO 10101 Read from XFPO  S RD XFP1 10110 Read from XFP1  S WR SFPO 00111 Write to SFPO   S WR 5       01000 Write to SFP1   S WR XFPO 01001 Write to XFPO    S WR XFP1 01010 Write to XFP1    After clock 5  if you selected a Read command  leave      WRn low  If you selected a Write   assert      WRn high after the 5  clock cycle     During the next 4 clock cycles  if a Read command was sent  capture the SDATA signal bits  during those cycles and interpret them as follows     1       FAULT  SFP                       2  LOS  5       MOD  ABS  XFP    3         SELO  SFP   MOD  NR            4         SEL2  SFP   MOD  RXLOS             If the sent command was a Write command  during those four cycles  transmit    1         SEL1  SFP          DESL           2         SEI2  SFP   TXDIS            3         SEI2  outputenable  SFP   PDOWN XFP   4  RATESEL  SFP    5  TXDIS  SFP     The source code for the expansion CPLD 15 include
94. 56   20    20      gt  5 PGND1             0 001uF          vReF our H4 TANT   TANT  GND  R317      mutual DIMM_VREF  posvra       55547  5      6                vREF   R316  1K                The ML6554 produces up to 3A of the required 0 9V termination power rail along with a stable    0 9V reference voltage supply     5 2 2 MGT Power    Power for the Virtex 4 MGTs are isolated from other supply noise through linear regulators     0326  0323  U324  U325 supply power for FPGA   0  RocketIO   U331  0329  U328  0330 supply power for FPGA F1   s RocketIO     All analog supplies are referenced against the GND net  GND on the 8000K10 is shared among    analog  digital and chassis        VCC  MGT12 top                                                                         U10 16  FB10                VCC MGTI2 1 103               1 103     17 VCC  MGT12 top  T34                103 AVCCAUXRXA 103  AE33            MGTI2 2 103 VOC MGTI2 2        FETS t                      103 AVCCAUXRXB 103   Y33                 3103 CC MOTZ 3 103    AVCCAUXTX 103 2L os         26 cso  TXPPADA 103 a aaa   W84                  103    aad Senn  E                   5  AB34              15 1 103 VCC MGT15 1 103 pat  VTRXB 103          CC MGTTS 7 107 1                 _103 AASS  5715 3 10  1 8   C28  VTTXB 103 U34                   4 103 VCC MGTT5 4 10  T J C25 FB12    022uF  M VTRXA 103 T cz  Feia        022           TXPPADB  103 C24 Fen   o22uF           TXNPADB  103 1        eu            MGT25  AC34
95. 6 user programmable Virtex 4 FPGAs on the DN8000K10   These        FO F15    3 2 8 FPGA Numbering   The Virtex 4 FPGAs are named from the top left in a row major order    F0  F1  F2  F3    F4  F5  F6  F7    F8  F9  F10  F11    F12  F13  F14  F15   The configuration FPGA may be referred to in some cases as F16  For historical reasons  in  some documentation  namely the reference design source code  the FPGAs may be lettered  rather than numbered  where FO is A  F1 is B    F15 is P     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 15       Chapter    Quick Start Guide    The Dini Group DINS000K10 is the biggest general purpose FPGA  system available using the Xilinx Virtex 4 FPGA  The built in  configuration circuitry makes configuration management very easy   However  due to the number of features and flexibility of the board  it  will take some time to become familiar with all the control and monitor  interfaces equipped on the DN8000K10  Please follow this quick start  guide to become familiar with the board before starting your logic  emulation project     1 Provided materials  Examine the contents of your DN8000K10 kit  It should contain      DN8000K10 board mounted on metal base plate  e EPS Power supply     One 128MB CompactFlash card with reference design  e USB CompactFlash SmartMedia card reader       5 232 IDC header cable to female DB9        Foot computer serial cable       USB cable    e CD ROM containing    Virtex 4 Reference Design source code and  bit files    User ma
96. 7     Xilinx        JTAG header 0   55        SELO 06 Hig X  0   55 REV SELI 07     7   20 EN EXT SEL m             Hx     CLKOUT 4   X  CFG TMS 21 22                         CFG TCK 20   1  5                TDI                      a sy eH                    VCCINT NC  36            NC  38          NC  38                  33   VOCO NG  2   VCCJ NC  GND NC  17  GND GND x        GND GND 36  GND GND             2      48      DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       67    HARDWARE     3 3V J204                                                                                                    Compact Flash Interface IDE AO 25 17 IDE DO  ge gf bee Em              Up      geao 29           TRUE    Fin vane  poo   8              DE aA be PSOE            8     01 001 23      52        39    04  SH  02 002 l  Seba Es IDE JOWRn   238 D4 7         A03 GND        F3    LVIDE_IORDY 2    54 IDE IORDY TDECTOHDn     25   DIOW  D5 75         DEDE      A04 GND 004 Hz    TM BS 241141  gt  181 beg                          1   DIOR  06  3             A05 GND 005   5    5   06 SM Di 4   1 2 182 52     IDE DT JDE CSEL 28   RST               006         SM D7 SM 52 51  Sat 281               JDE DMACKn 29   CSEL 08          07 GND 007 Lay a 2  2  2 282        DEO      DMAKR  D9 8   0      A08 GND        008   25    SM 54            7 3 1 381             D10              09 GND    009   28   0 eps   3 2 582 48   775                                       SM 06 19 1 4 1 481  46 DED _ IDE_Cson__3
97. 7   BILAN B1L20N Mp5  Gig   B1L5P B1L21P  G8  K17   BiL5N B1L21N         jig   B1L6P B1L22P CC      56  Aig   BILN B1L22N CC  757  B20   BiL7P B1L23P  B55  C19   BIL7N VREF B1L23N  c57  D20     118   B1L24P 538  B1L8N B1L24N   55  H19 B1L25P    Gag  G20     119   B1L25N   k27  K19   BIL9N B1L26P  Jg  950   B1L10P    B1L26N    51   B1L10N_VREF 5 E17                 z  B1L27P_RIO3TXP       FXO_DC_RIO_CH3_TxP 189    21   B1L11N_VREF     B1L27N_RIO3TXN             _    _    _      _       189  522   BIL12P  amp   B1L28P RIO4TXP  E19        DC RIO CH4 TxP 189    21   BIL12N  amp   B1L28N_RIO4TXN Ez         DC RIO CH4 TxN 189          B1L13P  amp   B1L29P_RIO4RXP          DC RIO CH4 RxP 189           1113   2  B1L29N RIO4RXN E55        DC RIO CH4 RxN 189  55  B1L14P  lt   B1L30P RIO5RXP  E25  A23   B1L14N_VREF 2  B1L30N RIOBRXN  E55  B24   B1L15P      S  B1L31P_RIOSTXP                  1115             B1L31N_RIOSTXN  D24   BIL16P 5 A20  B1L16N            1     50    VCCO1 2       MEG Array 300 Pin    Nothing is connected to DCO and DC3 except      MGT signals  power             and VCCO1   unused   MGTCLK  GCA  GCB  GCC     Descriptions of these signals are found in Hardware  Daughter cards    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 156       HARDWARE    10 5 9 The SMAs   SMA RF connectors are the most robust connector on the DN8000K10 for very high data  rates  For MGT channels connected to the SMA interface  there is one SMA connector for each  of Transmit Negative  Transmit Posi
98. 7 Preece         50   7 zon    SM 07 11  4  2 482 25 IDE D7 IDE CSin 38   CSIEX 013  16     32    012 59                             5    581            IDEDMAURn                        014      5     D13        2             13   542 582               015           T 30    13 43 m 34     IDE PDIAGn  CF                PT 014  310 Crono        9 1 581  45 TDE IORUn  PDIAG  22   280  CF            39        Dio    CFINTRO   E Eon 882        DENTRO iNTRo 2 DE INTRO                  411 Card detect           51     16   7    1  40 IDE TOCS1  n IDE 10  516   32 27        ORDY         26             CF PDMGn     18   7  2 782 39     IDE PDIAGn ges  lc d Te a ae                 CD2                 26   8  1 881   37 1DE_DASPn L21                CF IOWRn                                21   8  2 882  35                               39          DASPn                     34          LVIDE   50       22                 35 IDE_CS0n_ DASP 0                                 37 CF INTRO TVIDE_CSin 23   9   982  34      CSin 19  CF WEn          pe x 42  CFTORD  CFAO 24   1041 1081  33     TDE A0     OND       We TEE cc          5   10  2 1082    55 DEn     GND 25       24 CF IOCS16n CFAZ2              26         1181  731    GND 24  CF PDIAGn 46 3    106516      IVIDE CSEL 27        1182 39     IDE CSEL  GND  26  n 45       3 3V IVIDE RESETn 28   12  1 1281  28                      GND 30                        44        a c hia                 20 GND  40       ag   vec      key GND          
99. 8       INTERRUPT N   2    aM SAE INTERRUPTEN  XFP1_REFCLK 18 TX_DIS   XFP1 TX DIS                           17 RBS sei 40 XFP1 SCL 4 XFP1 SCL              XFP1_SDA 1                    C1052 28           3   09               24   REFCLK  MOD ABS   12           4 XFP1 MOD ABS  MOD NR                         NA 14               LOS MOD  RX LOS                  LOS     21             DOWN SEP              AL34_XFP1_TxDp P_DOWN          AM34          TxDn 2 VEES XFP  3 3V  3 3   6        9     8 VCC33          R197  5 1K  VCC18 XFP1 R110                            1508 R104         1__        _         m EM 150R             B 105       RXFP1 INT RxrP1 Los   RED   10 DS7 WW        mA     REDLED OPT   f   REDLED OPT          XFP1 RX LOS                       XFP1 INTERRUPT    1                                BSS138  o  BSS138          Above is a simplified schematic capture of the        connector  The high speed serial IOs of the  XFP connector connect directly to the MGT IOs on the Virtex 4 FPGA     Some XFP modules may require a reference clock for retiming the transmitted signal and jitter  reduction  See signal REFCLK      the XFI specification   The REFCLK signal on the  DNS8000K10 is sourced from one pair of SMAs for each Virtex 4 FX FPGA  The REFCLK  signal should be 1 64 of the data rate driven onto the XFP   s TX pins  You can generate this  clock using one of the SMA outputs of the          4      MGT  See          Application note  XAPP656  More description of this cir
100. 8      16 byte address   VR_GET_FLASH_REV          Returns a revision code of the DN8000K10 MCU firmware   VR_GET_FPGA_INFO Oxa7   VR_RENUM Oxa8    The Cypress MCU behaves as if it were removed and reconnected to USB    VR_DB_FX Oxa9 Force use of double byte address EEPROM  for FX    VR      100 Oxaa Put the i2c bus in 100Khz mode   VR I2C 400 Oxab Put the i2c bus in 400Khz mode        NOSDPAUTO Oxac Test code  Does uploads using SUDPTR with manual length override   VR REBOOT Oxad   VR  FLASH  ERASE Oxae Erases MCU Flash firmware   VR  CONFIG Oxaf Causes MCU to go through configuration sequence  Media Card    VR  FLASH  ACCESS 0550 Write a byte to flash   VR  FLASH  SECTOR  ERASE Oxb1 Erases a single sector from the flash        FLASH  VERSION Oxb2 Reads version of flash code   VR_DISPLAY_FPGA_INFO Oxb3        CHECK  FPGA INFO Oxb4   VR CHECK          CONFIG Oxb5 Returns a string representing if the selected FPGA is configured   VR         RS232 Oxb6 This Does nothing on the DN8000K10   FLASH VERSION ADDR 0x08 Value to go into upper address register         XADDR        SET  EPGTC Oxbb Sets the size of the bulk transfer  Read  buffer  You must set this to a value equal to the  SIZE field of the USB Bulk transfer        SETUP  CONFIG Oxb7  This vendor request must be called to select an FPGA for configuration prior to a bulk  transfer containing the configuration stream for that FPGA    VR END  CONFIG Oxbd This vendor request de selects an FPGA after configuration and returns 
101. A is configured  it asserts the signal DONE  On the DN8000K10  these  signals have an LED attached to each DONE signal placed near the upper corner of each    FPGA   FPGA F0 LED    0546  F1 is 0552  and F2 is 0553             9    8169  1208          FPGA DONE                 FPGA DONE A            If your          4 FPGA design is failing to produce the intended  or any  results  you should  check the DONE light above the FPGA to make sure it is configured correctly  The design files  created by Xilinx bitgen software contain a CRC check  so if the Virtex 4 FPGA detects a CRC  failure  there was a transmission error during configuration and the DONE light will not glow   The DN8000K10 microcontroller also checks the design files you send to make sure they are  compiled for the FPGAs that are installed on your board  If they are not  then the  microcontroller unit halts the configuration process  As a result  when the DONE light goes on     you will know that the configuration process was successful     www dinigroup com 74       DN8000K10 User Guide    HARDWARE    NOTE  PROG B PULL DOWN IN CONFIG SECTION                                        25V  0   33V RN29  4m5V 0 1   8             RDWR      2 Va  CFG               s            CFG_FO_INIT  DS46 4    Note  Disable  10K pull up resistors on  user IO during  R486 U100 1 configuration   1 00K P Virtex 4 FX   1152  e    42 5V 0  9 78 CFG      CCLK    CCLK 0  DIN 0 R469  78             PROG B PROGRAM B 0 10 0K  78 CFG FO INIT
102. CC   See   Appendix Pins Other or the above diagram for the location of these pins     Pins declared as    VREF    pins by Xilinx have a defined placement on the daughter card pin out  to allow the daughter card to define a logic threshold as required by some standards     DCI is used on all FPGA IO banks connected to a daughter card header  The reference  resistance is 50 Ohms  A Virtex 4 bank has 64 pins  Of each bank connected to a daughter card  header  62 signals are connected to the header  and 2 are used as DCI reference pins     8 2 3 Global clocks   The daughter card pin out defines 6 clock input pins  These clock inputs are intended to be used  a 3 differential signals  Two clock signals GCA and GCB connect to the    GC    clock inputs in  the FPGA  These clocks can be used as global clocks from within the FPGA code of the FPGA  that connects to the daughter card  but not globally to the entire DN8000K10     The GCC signal on every daughter card except DC4 and DC9 connects to the    Daughter card  Global Clock    network  This clock input can be distributed to all 16 FPGAs on the  DN8000K10  For more information on the daughtercard clock network  see Hardware  Clocks   Daughter card Clocks     For distributing an FPGA global clock to the entire board  the Dini Group standard daughter  catd DNMEGOBS 300 or DNMEGOBS 400 is capable of driving the global clock network  from its GCC pin     8 2 4 Power and Reset   The  3 3V   5 0V and  12V power rails are supplied to the
103. CML                     T  256 FX1 SMA Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T  257 FX1VERTSMA   Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML                     T       DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       166    HARDWARE                                                                                                                                                                         234 SAMTEC QSE QSE 014 9 F D DP A CML  RocketIO      232              QSE QSE 014 9 F D DP A CML  RocketIO  T  233 SAMTEC FX1 QSE 014 9 F D DP A CML  RocketIO      235                  1 QSE 014 9 F D DP A CML  RocketIO      100 DIMMO F1 Delphi www jedec org download seatch N03 NM9 pdf SSTL18 I and II T  829 15431499 222  101            F2 Delphi www jedec org download seatch N03 NM9 pdf SSTL18 I and II T  829 15431499 222  102 DIMM2 F13 Delphi www jedec org download search N03 NM9 pdf SSTL18 I and II T  829 15431499 222  103 DIMM3 F14 Delphi www jedec org download seatch N03 NM9 pdf SSTL18 I and II T  829 15431499 222  209 FAN              0   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  210 FAN HEADER 1 Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  217 FAN HEADER2   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  218 FAN HEADER 3   Molex 22 27 2031 Pin 1 GND  Pin 2 12V  Pin 3 Open drain Tachometer T  219 FAN HEADER 4   Molex
104. CY7C68013 has two RS232 pins that are buffered  through a 12V voltage translation buffer for use with a standard computer serial port     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 75       HARDWARE    PPC RS232 Interface MCU and            RS232                                               RS232_TX_S 7  A 8         9              5232 RX S 13 RS232 RXD3              12 H5232 HXD4  x 19   11  n 24         c2   0 1uF  1  3  4  5  C1 O 1uF  22                      C229  0 1uF 0 1uF 0 1uF    e      ala    The RS232 port will be able to communicate with a standard PC serial port set to 19200 baud  8  data bits  no parity  and no handshaking  When you connect a computer terminal to the port  and power on the DN8000K10  the firmware loaded on the microcontroller unit will display a  menu on the terminal  This menu will allow you to control the basic configuration options of  the DN8000K10 including configuration  clock frequencies  and the Virtex 4 FPGA RS232  ports        The RS232 has a built in UART and generates an interrupt when a character is recived     2 5 2 Clocks   The Cypress CY7C68013 is also responsible for configuring the global clocks and                 clock of the DN8000K10  The Cypress CY7C68013 MCU reads the file  main txt  from the  SmartMedia card in the socket  J24   and follows the users clock configuration commands     See Chapter X  Section X  Clock Resources for clock use     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 76       HARDWARE                           
105. EAD9876  0  80                    of frames sent  32 0   0x81 FRAMCNT   of frams sent  bits 47 32   0x82                  of errors  32 0   0x83 ERRCNT1  of errors  47 0   0  84   RXSTATE 3bits        RXSTATE  0  85 LASTDATA 32bits  Last frame   s data              www dinigroup com       184       REFERENCE DESIGN    4 Main Bus Signaling    The bus is implemented over the shared MB80B bus  80 bits   This bus has connection to all 16  Virtex 4 FPGAs  See Appendix Pins Other for the pin connection of these signals     The reference design transactions over main bus ate synchronous to GCLK2  For proper  operation  this clock should be set to a frequency 50Mhz or below     All transactions are initiated by the configuration FPGA       complete a read  the Configuration  FPGA presents a 32 bit address on the AD bus  MB80B 31 0   and asserts an address latch  enable signal  ALE  MB80B 32    Each FPGA using the interface should register the value on  the AD bus  On the next clock cycle  the Configuration FPGA asserts RD to begin a read  command  Each FPGA using the interface should decode the address to determine if it should  begin to control the DONE and VALID signals  For 1 255 clock cycles  the user FPGA may  extend the read command by holding VALID and DONE low  During this time  the  configuration FPGA will not attempt to begin a new transaction     To send data back to the configuration FPGA  the user FPGA presents the 32 bit data value on  ADJ 31 0  and asserts VALID      8
106. Each          DN AKA Lira d  pair must be 100 chm controlled    differential impedance  VTTXB 105  3856             105   4  VTRXB 105   2 722             105      1                Mina                  105  naka  TXNPADS_105  AWOCAUXMGT_105         ABS    myppADB 105    RXNPADS 105    MGTCLK P 105  5555555855  MSTCLKN 105    885858888 E 105         The pin out is arranged such that a crossover cable  pin 1 to 40  can be used to connect two  DN8000K10s together  Note that the grounded pins 5  11  17  23  29  35  6  12  18  24  30  36  are NC  no pin present  on the connector  These are grounded in the DN8000K10 for reverse   compatibility  The pins 41  42  43  44 are ground blades built into the connector  Pins 45 and 46  are non plated plastic alignment pins     The Samtec cable EQDP 014 09 00 TBR TBL 4  9 inch version  15 capable of 10Gbs operation  for lengths of up to 1 meter according to the Samtec Appnote    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 149       HARDWARE    http    www samtec com treference articles pdfs app note xilinx rocketlO MGT with OxE   FI 2BEQCDandEQDP_web pdf    See Appendix Pins Other for pin out information       Each connector also has a clock input that can be routed to an MGT CLK input of it   s FX  FPGA to allow cabling standards that require transmitting at an exact frequency  such as PCI  Express  See Hardware  MGT Serial Resources  Clocks  OSE    10 5 2 Optical Modules   The DN8000K10 comes with eight optical module connectors  If you need t
107. Equipment  Memory     FPGAs are numbered in a row major order  from FO to   15  By convention  Dini Group  references board dimensions as shown above  The top of the board is near FPGAs FO F3 and  the left of the board is near FPGAs FO  F4  F8  F12 and the RocketIO connectors    Since FO and F12 are both          4 FX family parts  they are also referred to as              and               respectively     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 19       QUICK START GUIDE    3 3 Prepare configuration files   The DN8000K10 reads FPGA configuration data from a CompactFlash card  To program the  FPGAs on the DN8000K10  FPGA design files  with a      file extension  put on the root  directory of the CompactFlash card file using the provided USB media card reader  The  DN8000K10 ships with a 128MB CompactFlash card preloaded with the Dini Group reference  design  This card is labeled  DN8000K10 Ref Design   You can skip the    prepare config files   step if you wish  Just use the preloaded Ref Design card  Also note that there is a SmartMedia  card interface on the DN8000K10 that behaves identically to the CompactFlash interface     1  Insert a blank 128MB CompactFlash card  provided  into your USB card reader  If you  have fewer than 16 FPGAs on your DN8000K10  you may be able to use a lower  capacity card  The only supported file system is FAT16   This is the standard file format    for CompactFlash     2 6     lt        Figure 3    2  Copy    configuration stream file  with    
108. F10 DONE GREEN FPGA F4 is configured  DS112 Q F1 1 DONE GREEN FPGA F5 is configured  DS129 Q F12 DONE GREEN FPGA F6 is configured  DS141 Q F13 DONE GREEN FPGA F7 is configured  DS139 Q   14 DONE GREEN FPGA F8 is configured  DS142 Q F15 DONE GREEN FPGA F9 is configured  DS81 QMCU LEDO GREEN   DS82 QMCU LED1 GREEN   DS83 QMCU LED2 GREEN   DS84 QMCU LED3 GREEN   DS137 QPWR OK GREEN EPS power supply monitor reports power OK  12V                                        0                lt  XILINX     VIRTEX 4                         Each FPGA has 4 green user LEDs  Above shows FPGA F3 and it   s three green user LEDs  F3 LEDO  F3_LED1  F3 LED2 and F3_LED3    5    Signal                         F1 F2 F3 F8  F4 F5 F6 F7 F12             FXO   F9 F10 F11 F13 F14 F15    FX1         LED O  G13 N24 AE22 AK17    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 133       HARDWARE    LED 1  F13 T20 AD21 AK18  LED 2  E16 T19 AD17 AJ22  LED 3  F15 N17 AE23 AH22       42 5V 3      25V 3 425   3  2 5   3    R1288 R1291  240    240                 Vf  nom 1        If  nom    F12 LEDOr  F12 LED3r       DS116    GREEN LED  x       05115  GREEN LED    05114  GREEN LED    05113  GREEN LED      x                10 MGT Serial Resources    10 1 RocketlO   The FX parts are used to implement multiple channels of high speed serial I O  The FX60 or      100 FPGAs used on the DN8000K10 provide either 16  FX60  or 20  FX100  Multi Gigabit  Transceiver  MGT  channels on two corners of the board  The DN8000K10 allows the
109. FO           RxDp VEER RATE SELECT   5                                  RD  LOS  5      RD  VEER  VEER veer 104  Ab AGE             843                          AMS CAGE                  Riaz DNI  CAGE                    lt   1           5                                R109  CAGE CAGE  Are CAGE             1398  337              0                             RSFP1 FAULT   1367073   OPT  R109        RED 150R  10 ps2  mA    RED LED   OPT   RSFP1_LOS               1_            RED  056 10  P       RED LED            8 mA  SFP1_TxFAULT 1  898  Gay            Los  EY     ol       8  SFP1_LOS 1       95  B  E       For the connectivity to      FPGA  see the Appendix Pins Other  Roc amp etIO     The support signals in the SFF interface are TXFAULT  TXDIS  MOD DEF2  MOD DEF1   MOD DEFO0  RATESEL  and LOS  The MOD DEF1 and MOD DEF2 signals usually make  up    2 wire interface that can be used to communicate with logic imbedded on the module itself   These support signals do not connect directly to an FPGA  instead they connect to an IO  expansion CPLD  which connects to the FPGA through a four wire interface     Most SFP modules can be operated without having to use any of the low speed SFF signals     10 5 4 SFP Expansion CPLD  The SFF signals from the SFP modules are connected to the IOs of an IO Expansion CPLD     The interface for interacting with the IO expansion CPLD is as follows     FXx_CPLDFXx_SCLK_1  FXx_CPLDFXx_SDATA_io  FXx_CPLDFXx_RD_WRn_i  FXx_CPLDFXx_CSn_i    4data   
110. HO_TEST_N Copy of PHO global clock network output   TP36 PHOCLKTEST Single ended copy of PHO 8442 clock  synthesizer output  U310    TP23 PH1_TEST_N Copy of PH1 global clock network output   Use differentially with TP22   TP22 PH1_TEST_P Copy of PH1 global clock network output   Use differentially with TP23    TP40 PHICLKTEST Single ended copy of PH1 8442 clock  synthesizer output  U315    TP44 PH2CLKTEST Single ended copy of PH2 8442 clock  synthesizers output  U320    TP26 PH2_TEST_N Copy of PH2 global clock network output   Use differentially with TP27    TP27 PH2_TEST_P Copy of PH2 global clock network output   Use differentially with TP26    TP8  1 2V_0 VCCINT of FPGA FO   TP10  1 2V_1 VCCINT of FPGA F1   FP9 412V 2 VCCINT of FPGA F2           12V 3                                                        DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       163       HARDWARE                                                                                     TP30 412V 9 VCCINT of FPGA F9       29  1 2   8 VCCINT of FPGA        TP24  1 2V_11 VCCINT of FPGA F9   TP28  1 2V_10 VCCINT of FPGA F10   TP34  1 2V_13 VCCINT of FPGA   13   TP38  1 2V_12 VCCINT of FPGA F12   TP42  1 2   15 VCCINT of FPGA   15   TP39  1 2V_14 VCCINT of FPGA F14   TP19  1 2V_16 VCCINT of Configuration FPGA   TP20  2 1V This net supplies current for RocketIO nets   TP16  2 5   0 This net supplies VCCO and AVCCAUX for  FPGAs       F1  F4    5   TP4  2 5   1 This net supplies                 AVCCAUX for  FPGAs
111. It is also used to supply some Gigabit optical modules     2 5V 0 2 5V 1 2 5V 2 2 5V 3  This is used to power FPGA interconnect  with low power LVDS  It is also used as the analog power supply on the Virtex  4 FPGAs  2 5V_0 provides current to FO  F1  F4  F5  2 5   1 provides current  to F2        F6  F7  2 5   2 provides current to F10  F11  F14  F15  and the  configuration FPGA  2 5 3 provides current to F8  F9  F12  F13     25   0 supplies current for               MGTI15    2 5V_3 supplies current for        FX1 MGTI15       3 3V     This voltage supplies the LVDS clock distribution trees  It is also used to  power the LVTTL interfaces of the Cypress microcontroller  Smart Media and  Compact Flash cards     5 0V     provides signal voltage for IDE interface   5 0   supplies current for   VCC_FX0_MGT25 and   VCC_FX1_MGT25    12V All switching power regulators draw their current from the 12V rail  This  rail is drawn directly from the EPS power supply     2              provide high frequency isolation of the MGT RocketIOs on                FX1  all analog power rails for Mult gigabit transceivers are derived from     2 1V switching power regulator PSU140  The following nets are derived from  the  2 1V net    VCC_FX0_MGT12_0   VCC_FX0_MGT12_1   VCC_FX0_MGT12_2   VCC_FX1_MGT12_0   VCC_FX1_MGT12_1   VCC_FX1_MGT12_2    The DN8000K10 also has these secondary rails     VITO  0 9V      This voltage is used to terminate the SSTL18 signaling of the  DDR2 memory module     DN8000K10
112. RXN F7 DC_CH3_RXN F15  GT11_X1Y4 U1 DC CH2 TXP E11 DC CH4 TXP E19  V1 DC CH2 TXN F11 DC CH4 TXN F19     1 DC CH2 RXP E13 DC CH4 RXP E21      1      CH2 RXN F13 DC CH4 RXN F21  GT11 X1Y2 AH1           TXP XFP Connector FPO TXP XFP Connector   110  AJ1   XFPO         U405  FPO         0112   AL1                                 AM1                           RXN  GT11_X1Y3 AF 1 FP1_TXP FP1_TXP  THIS TILE IS AG1 FP1_TXN FP1_TXN  NON FUNCTION     1        RXP        RXP  ON CES PARTS     1   XFP1 RXN FP1 RXN  GT11 X1Y1     9             TXP DCO E17 SFPO TXP SFP Connector   109  AP10  DC CH3 TXN  P100  F17 SFPO         J237       6                      15 SFPO                             RXN   15 ISFPO_RXN  GT11_X1Y0 AP11  DC     4 TXP E19 SFP1 TXP      12      CH4        F19 SFP1 TXN      14          4        E21 SFP1 RXP      15      CH4 RXN F21 SFP1 RXN  RIGHT COLUMN CLOCKS  lar 1CLK_X1Y3 1 OSCO  0379  EG 2101CA   5  0  0379  EG 2101CA   113  K1 250Mhz 250Mhz  lari 1CLK X1Y1                     U395  25 0Mhz SYNTH1 25 0Mhz   110  P4          1     FX1 1    DCO  P100  A29 B30 DC3  P103  A29 B3       DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 146       HARDWARE    QSE1  J234     QSE1  J235                                LEFT COLUMN  MGT LOC  GT11_X0Y9 A23  05  05        Samtec QSE1 3   5  05        3   101  A24  05  05 TXN Connector 1  QSE05 TXN 1  A20  05  05           234  2   5  05        2    21  05  05 RXN 4   5  05 RXN 4  GT11_X0Y8   25    5  06 TXP 9   5  06        9    26  05  
113. Signal Name    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 86       HARDWARE       DC GCLKO P P22 P22 P22 H19  DC GCLKO N P21 P21 P21 H18  DC GCLK1 P J21     21     21       1       GCLK1    420 AJ20 AJ20 AF21  DC_GCLK2_P G20 AG20 AG20 AE18  DC_GCLK2_N F20 AF20 AF20 AE17  DC_GCLK3_P 120 120 120 414  DC_GCLK3_N L19 L19 L19 K14  GCLK_PHO_P H20 AH20 AH20 AD21  GCLK PHO N H19 AH19 AH19 AD20  GCLK PH1 P L21 L21 L21 L15  GCLK PH1 N K21 K21 K21 L14  GCLK PH2 P F19 AF19 AF19 AF16  GCLK PH2 N F18 AF18 AF18 AE16  REFCLK P M21 J21 P20 J16  REFCLK N M20 J20 N20 J15  GC SPARE P H18 AH18   GC SPARE N G18 AG18    3 1 Global Clocks   The three main global clocks are driven      ICS8442 clock synthesizers  each capable of  producing frequencies from 31 to 500Mhz  The clock synthesizers can be programmed from a  CompactFlash card  from the USB GUI application  See Controller Software  USB Controller  ot left  at their default values  GCLKO 100Mhz  GCLK1 100Mhz  GCLK2 38 8Mhz                                                                                                                                                                           4226    gt   2  4227   J         Single Step  Clock ss GCLKO  PHO  8442  8442  PHO Divide  DI  4228      D  29  4229            Single Step  Clock ss GCLK1  PH1  8442  8442  PHO Divide  DIV   J230    v   gt            J231  C   SMA  Single Step  Clock ss GCLK2  PH2  8442  8442  PHO Divide  DIV                   REFCLK               8442              DN8000K10 U
114. TART GUIDE    6     Clear an FPGA of its configuration  Right click on the image of an FPGA to get a  contextual menu  Select Clear FPGA from the menu  The green LED on the board and in  the USB Controller window should turn off     Configure FPGA 3 via USB    Clear FPGA 3       Figure 12    7     8     Now configure the FPGA using the contextual menu  Right click on the          image and  select Configure FPGA  In the Open dialog box  select      DN8000K10 reference design  from the User CD and click open       D   Programming Files Standard_Reference_Design LX100 fpga_a bit      If you are configuring an LX200 or FX60 devices you should select a bit file from the  LX200      FX60 directories instead  After a couple seconds  the USB Controller window  should show a green LED appear next to the FPGA to show that it configured  successfully     The message box below the DN8000K10 graphic should display some information about  the configuration process          Done  FPGA    Doing a sanity check   Sanity Check passed  Configuring FPGA F3 via    USB   File    D  Programming Files Standard_Reference Design  LX100 fpga_a bit  transferred   Configured FPGA F3 via USB    F3 cleared successfully         1         wait           Figure 13    1     DN80    The USB Controller program also allows you to easily configure the clock settings on  the DN8000K10  The DN8000K10 reference design requires    48Mhz or slower clock  on GCLK2 to function properly  First  check the current clock fre
115. THE DINI GROUP  LOGIC Emulation Source    User Guide  DN8000K10    LOGIC EMULATION SOURCE    DN8000K10 User Manual Version 1    Print  February 3  2009       The Dini Group  7469 Draper Ave   La Jolla  CA92037  Phone 858 454 3419   Fax 858 454 1728  support dinigroup com    www dinigroup com    Table of Contents    ABOUT THIS MANUAL         1 SEPT nngREee                                                                  M 10  EudngQr                                                             10  182116 derri deni                                                                       10  Controller  USB       PIN                                           10  Board Hardware Description                                                            10  Reference u                                                                                                  10  FPGA Design Guide           cccccssssssssssscsesessssssssoessssssssssesesvssesssssessssssssssesesessssasessesesessasesssosesessasscesosessscscssosessssssasesssesesessesesssossssesesasesess 10  Ordering Information              scssssssssscsssssssssssecsesssssesssessssasesssssesessesssssesesessesssssssssesessssesssesssessessseseseosssssssessesessasesssesesessesssssosssesesscesess 10  2 ADDITIONAL  RESOURCES vies eate 10  3 CONVENTIONS ii                                                    13  3 1 Typographical                                                           13  3 2              13         3 2 1 File names            
116. TION This register  1 bit  set enables access to the    Internal  Main  registers  below   This register should be set to  O when the INTERNAL  MAIN registers are not  being accessed  or when accessing address space  within the 16 user FPGAs    Ox DF40     80 2 CTRL1 This register holds the output values of the Main Bus  switches for MB80B  section 2  See Hardware   Interconnect  Main Bus for the effect of this  Each bit  enables or disables 8 bits of the Main Bus   Ox DF41 MB64 1 CTRL This register holds the output values of the Main Bus  switches for MB64B  section 1  See Hardware   Interconnect  Main Bus for the effect of this  Each bit  enables or disables 8 bits of the Main Bus   Ox DF42 MB64 2 CTRL This register holds the output values of the Main Bus  switches for MB64B  section 2  See Hardware   Interconnect  Main Bus for the effect of this  Each bit  enables or disables 8 bits of the Main Bus   Ox DF43 MB64 3 CTRL This register holds the output values of the Main Bus  switches for MB64B  section 3  See Hardware   Interconnect  Main Bus for the effect of this  Each bit  enables or disables 8 bits of the Main Bus   Ox DF44 CPLD_CS_N_CTRL   Ox DF45 CPLD_DATA This holds the  _ bit  value that will be sent to the  selected CPLD  See Hardware  CPLD chain   Ox DF46 CPLD_ADDR This holds the address of the selected register in the  CPLD chain  The address also determines which  CPLD is selected  See Hardware  CPLD   Ox DF47 GCLK  MSEL           Holds the temporary multiplicat
117. The      signals are  connected to the FPGA and ate bussed between the two modules  In order to access this bus   the XFP CPLD IO expansion must be used to eable MOD  SEL on the module you with to  communicate with                 signals    Bussed between both XFP modules    XFP SCL 17 XFP SCL  XFP SDA H17 XFP SDA    10 5 7 XFP expansion CLPD   The XFI interface includes some low speed signals  None of these signals are required to use  the XFP modules  however they are made available to the user FPGA through the IOs of an IO  expansion CPLD  The interface used for this IO is the same as described in the section above   See Hardware  MGT Serial Resources  SFP  Expansion CPLD for an interface description     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 154       HARDWARE    All of the source code required to perform this IO expansion is provided on the user CD     10 5 8 The daughter card   On each FX FPGA  4 MGT channels connect to a 300 pin FCI Meg Array connector  These  connectors ate capable of data rates up to 10Gbs  The meg array connector itself is a BGA         of conductors  providing controlled impedance connections with very low cross talk  The pin  out of the MegArray connectors on the DN8000K10 is in a GSSG pattern  with extra ground  pins surrounding the signals to bring pair to pair cross talk to less than 1               information about the daughter card connector is in the section Hardware  Daughter card  Interface     The two daughter card connectors with Rocke
118. The MCU performs no operation and moves to the next command           DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 60          HARDWARE       VERBOSE LEVEL   lt level gt     This command will set the amount of output the MCU will produce over  the RS232 port during configuration  When level is set to 0  the MCU will  produce only error output  Before this command is executed  the level is  set to the default value 3        FPGA   fpga name gt   lt filename gt     The Virtex 4 FPGA specified        fpga name gt  will be configured with  the file named by  lt filename gt        SANITY CHECK   lt yn gt     If  lt yn gt  is set to y  then the MCU will examine the headers in the  bit files  on the SmartMedia card before using them to configure each FPGA  If  the target FPGA annotated in the  bit file header is not the same type as  the FPGA the MCU detects on the board  it will reject the file and flash  the error LED     Before this command is executed   lt yn gt  is set to the default value y     If you want to encrypt of compress your bit files  you will need to set   lt yn gt  to n  Encrypting bit files is not supported or recommended by  Dini Group  Previous revisions of Xilinx parts have been vulnerable to  permanent damage caused by bugs in the encryption circuitry        GCLK lt global clock   Select     soutce gt      lt  gc    The MCU will set the source of the global clock network specified by   lt global clock gt  to the source specified by  lt gc source gt   The default  se
119. User Guide www  dinigroup com 34       QUICK START GUIDE    cx C  dpalmerMKS  AEtest_usb  aetest_usb  aeusb_wdm exe    ASIC Emulator Flash Boot              vil    Display Flash Version   Check FPGA configuration status  Configure FPGA via smartmedia  Configure FPGA individually via USB  Configure FPGA from configuration file  Set PowerPC RS232 Multiplexing   Clear All FPGAs    Main Menu Q gt  Quit    Please select option        Figure 17    Select option   4  Configure FPGA individually via USB   AETest_usb will ask for the path to a configuration  bit file  and an FPGA number to configure   Select a  bit file from the user CD     5 Board Controls    The DN8000K10 is designed to be operated remotely via the chassis front panel to protect your  hardware investment  As a result  the DN8000K10 has very few controls located on the PWB  itself     Hard Reset    Soft Reset       Figure 18    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 35       QUICK START GUIDE    Press the Hard Reset button  You will see all of the 16 Virtex 4 FPGAs immediately become  un configured  This behavior is exactly the same as if the board were powered off and back on   When you let go of the button  the configuration circuitry will read the CompactFlash card again  and attempt to configure the FPGAs     After the FPGAs are again configured  press and hold the Soft Reset button  You will notice  that the blinking LEDs controlled by the reference design will stop blinking  This is because the  Soft reset butt
120. V power regulators that supply the  SODIMM modules  Since this supply might be adjusted by the customer for daughter card  compatibility  a jumper  R3 and 230 has been added to allow the XFP headers to be  disconnected from the SODIMM power nets  Headers   277  F0  and  279  F12  have been  connected to the        power net to provide an alternative means to supply             headers         1 8V_0           VCC18_FX0_XFPO            VCC18        XFP1            5 2 4 VBATT  The DN8000K10 supports bit stream encryption by providing a battery socket             is  connected to all 16 VBATT pins on the FPGAs  Use battery size 364  Positive side up     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 105       HARDWARE    Battery  Socket    VBATT       COMPACT FLASH    a    DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       106    HARDWARE    5 3 Power distribution   The power system on the DN8000K10 is designed to minimize power loss by distributing  current on the 12V net supplied by the EPS power supply connector to each FPGA  and using  dedicated point of load power converters generate all of the FPGA power requirements  In this  way  each lower voltage rail is able to adjust output voltage independently  and FPGAs    transient  current draws do not affect the voltage available to other FPGAs                                                                         ee mm e                                                                                                                   t 
121. Y                   VV                                        Ics  854057                                           1658442  SYNTH 2                   VV          VM    CONFIGURATION  FPGA                                                                      GCA        GCB  CONFIG SECTION DAUGHTER CARD             Figure 26 DN8000K10 clock network block diagram    The primary clocks on the DN8000K10 are the three    global clocks phases          G1 and G2   Each of the global clock networks can be driven by a ICS8442 frequency synthesizer  a pair of  differential SMA inputs  or the configuration FPGA for special clock requirements  single   stepping     The Configuration FPGA connection also allows the division of the outputs from  the frequency synthesizer to well below the range of the ICS8442     Refclk is a global clock tree that is driven from an ICS8442 freugency synthesizer     DCCLKO  DCCLK1  DCCLK2 and DCCLK3 are global clock networks that are sourced from  the MegArray daughtercard connectors     A feedback clock from the outputs of each of the global clock networks feeds back into the  configuration FPGA to allow it to synchronize it   s IO over the Main Bus interface  and to  provide a clock counter for the USB Application to display     The configuration FPGA is supplied with a dedicated 48Mhz clock  making all of the global  clock networks available for user     FPGA NAME   1  F2  F5  F         F7 F5  F15                    F9  F10  F13  F14 F8  F11 F12   FX1    
122. additional data signals  but can  only be operated in one direction  For a complete pin out of the Virtex 4 FPGA interconnect   along with a breakdown of lane assignments  see Appendix FPGA pins                       Lattice Interconnect V1 7     60                   EDU FF1152                                  Daughter Card  Plug 1  300 Pin  Type 1                                                                      FF1152             Daughter Card  Plug 3   300 Pin  Type 0   T                                             6 1 High speed Serdes support  Clocking incoming data at high speeds required the used of the each input   s delay buffer to align each  bit  The incoming clock needs to be adjusted and used to clock the inputs within its lane  This process  can be automated by the use of the new Virtex 4 feature IDELAYCTL     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 110       HARDWARE    For detailed description of the required user design to achieve 1Gbs operation  see Xilinx Application  note XAPP704     High Speed SDR LVDS Transceiver        Synchronous clocking and single ended signaling are still possible on the DN8000K10  you are not  required to use high speed serial design techniques     Single ended interconnect is recommended for signaling below 300Mhz     Source Synchronous clocking  whether single ended or differential signaling is used  is recommended  on interconnect running speeds greater than 180Mhz     Signals used as source sychronous clocks in the reference 
123. allow standard daughter cards to be interchangeable among  the 8000 series of Dini Group products     8 1 2 Daughter card mounting   The DN8000K10 features a standard metal base plate that gives the board mechanical stability   and provides plenty of mounting points for daughter cards  The daughter card receptacle on       daughter card itself will also be mounted on the backside of the board     Daughter Card        Mated  Height  14mm    Motherboard    The daughter card should use standoffs to secure itself to the backside of the base plate  The  standard chassis that comes with the DN8000K10 will allow it to operate FPGA side down  or  on its side to allow physical access to the daughter card and the controls of the DN8000K10     With this host plate daughter card arrangement  there is a limited Z dimension clearance for    backside components on the daughter card  This dimension is determined by the daughter card  designer s part selection for the MegArray receptacle     SIG           DURER                    p e e              Note that the components on the topside of the daughter card and DN8000K10 face in  opposite directions     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 120       HARDWARE    8 1 3 Insertion and removal  Due to the small dimensions of the very high speed MegArray connector system  the pins on  the plug and receptacle of the Meg Array connectors are very delicate     When plugging in a daughter card  make sure to align the daughter card first before press
124. an also be used by the user  design  See the chapter Reference Design for a description of the Main  Bus interface        DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com 61          HARDWARE       MCU REGISTER WRITE  Ox lt short addr gt  Ox lt byte gt     The MCU s memory space is written at the address   short addr gt  with  the data   byte       This instruction is not designed to be used by most users  See the USB  Software chapter for the structure of the MCU address space        FX CLOCK FREQUENCY     fx clockname gt   lt number gt Mhz    The RocketIO clock synthesizer specified by   fx clockname gt  will be set  to the frequency specified by  lt number gt  in MegaHertz  For Syntheziser         1 and FX1_1 to be used by the RocketIO  they will have to be  selected using the FX CLOCK SELECT instruction        FX CLOCK SELECT     fx clockname gt   lt 01 gt     The RocketIO clock inputs will be set to one of two possible sources   Only        1 and     1 1 can have their sources selected     0   1        DCGCLK lt de clock   select    lt dc source gt    number   Mhz    Each of the four global clock networks supplied by daughtercards can  have their sources selected    dc clock  specifies to which network the  instruction applies    dc source gt  selects which daughtercard clock input  pin drives the network    number  Should be set to the known frequency  of the clock input  This allows the MCU to correctly configure the PLLs  used to de skew the clock network  If de skewing is n
125. ase choose an FPGA to configure  hit Q to quit  0  1  4  5  0       Select Bit File for FPGA 0         0  FPGA_FO BIT  1   FPGA_F1 BIT  2   FPGA_F4 BIT  3   FPGA_F5 BIT  Q  quit    Enter selection  0    FPGA FO BIT          Figure 7    From the Interactive Configuration Menu select option 1  then select a bit file on the  CompactFlash card that you would like to use for FPGA FO     You can also automate this by writing multiple configuration  txt files with alternate  configuration settings and use the RS232 menu to select among them  DN8000K10 main menu  option   4   Change Main Configuration File   allows this     3 7 3 Read temperature sensors   The DN8000K10 is equipped with temperature sensors to measure and monitor the  temperature on the silicon die of the Virtex 4 FPGAs  If the internal temperature of any FPGA  increases beyond a set threshold  the FPGA will become de configured to protect the FPGA    from potential damage  and to warn the user     According to the Virtex 4 datasheet  the maximum recommended operating temperature of the  die is 85  C  If the DN8000K10   s FPGA monitor circuit measures by default sets its reset  threshold to 80  C     If the DN8000K10 is resetting due to temperature overload  you can use the temperature  monitor menu to measute the current junction temperature of each FPGA     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 26       QUICK START GUIDE          ENTER SELECTION  g       FPGA TEMPERATURES  Degrees Celsius      4       FO 29       S
126. associated with each  FPGA  The VCCAUX power net is filtered through two ferrite inductors in parallel per FPGA  and ceramic capacitors     5 4 Cooling   Each of the seventeen V4 FPGAs is cooled using a heat sink fan assembly  These assemblies  are mounted to the PWB to avoid placing mechanical stress on the BGA top cases  The  selected assembly  Cofan KEM 202B 12  has a Oca rating of 1 2     per Watt  The Xilinx  packaging specification UG075 shows a maximum junction to case temperature of 0 5  C W   They total thermal resistance of the 1 7  C W should allow total device dissipation of 20 5W at  50  C ambient with a max junction temperature of 85  C     The chassis also features two cooling fans mounted to the front panel  which exhaust out the  back panel  These fans are required when running the DN8000K10 within the enclosure     According to Xilinx online power estimator tool  a fully utilized FPGA running at 300Mhz can  draw more than 30W of power  With this much power used in each FPGA  the DN8000K10  can dissipate 480 or more Watts of heat  For non trivial designs  a heatsink must be used with  the Virtex 4 FPGA     The configuration circuitry on the DN8000K10 monitors core temperatures of each FPGA  so  users should not have to manually check FPGA temperature readings  By default  the    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 108       HARDWARE    configuration circuit monitors FPGA temperatures continuously  and de configures any FPGA  that exceeds the temperature re
127. attached to J14     As soon as the Config FPGA is configured  it resets the Cypress microcontroller and waits for  instructions over the Microcontroller s address            bus                                                                                                                                                      433v     R1067     510  FPGA DONE Indicator   Green 2mA   FPGA DONE R DA   2 5   2  DS108  W  4 GREENLED  CFG CCLK R im  x    R106   R1124 Con fig Bank 1 00K         DONE    DK  U216 15 Ld 5         CCLK R17          pour Busy      985 D  Busy o Luis CFG DONE 1 2  CFG DIN T16    Ge  DIN O     184486 CFG_PROGn  lt  lt    CFS PROGn CFG INIT us PROGRAM B 0     CFG CSn UIT UND   CFG RODWAN Ui ROWA B   DW    pwrown_B_o  Master         Serial 0118                 _0  mode 020 Mo 0              18  920    0      sm 015        uz o                   CFG FPGA       wiz     TON                    0 id v22  vis                     _0 E  42 5V 2  TMS 0                        0 1  riz              0 2  Wig   3 VCCO 0 3  vas              0 4  VALX40 60 80 100 160 FF1 148         TDO   2 5   2 R1280   R1284  9208  1 2  0  DNI  ji  OE      CFG TMS  5 8                           U217  7             CFG TDO CFG CCLK R 12 28     CFG DIN  gje          CFG TDI                                  iie  9   G TDI 1    a 01 5    11 12 CFG DONE 13  32  1316 epres CFG PROGR 69      D2 733 25     NC a Bassi                32  Es BUSY      Hx               2mm 7X2 1 00K 24  s 26 05     
128. ce Design  Running the reference design requires default configuration settings  Create a main txt file with  the following contents and load it onto your configuration CompactFlash card     Verbose level  2    Configuration RS232 port  P204  prints messages  Sanity check        prevents programming FPGAs with wrong bit streams    8442 PHO Clock Frequency  125 125Mhz   8442 PH1 Clock Frequency  141Mhz   FX Clock Frequency  FX0_1 132Mhz   FX Clock Frequency  FX0_0 125Mhz   FX Clock Frequency  FX1_0 100Mhz   FX Clock Frequency  FX1_1 700Mhz    PHO Divide By  241   PH1 Divide By  242    PH2 Divide By   2415   GCLKO Select  8442    possible option SMA 8442 DIV SS  GCLK1 Select  DIV    Selects DIVIDE clock   GCLK2 Select  SS   Select Single Step Clock  48Mhz right now     For more information about the CompactFlash main txt file  see Hardware  Configuration                   lash     1 2 4        Precompiled Bit files    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 170       REFERENCE DESIGN    The Bit files on the user CD  D  FPGA Programming Files   are broken into three groups  the  Main  test  RocketIOtest_v4  and LVDS interconnect       run each reference design test  the  correct      file needs to be loaded into the tested FPGA  The tests have been split into three  branches to reduce the effort required to place and route the designs     The main test files contains memory controllers for the DDR2 SODIMM modules  and some  memory mapped internal FPGA memory  It also contains IO 
129. ct a configuration stream   bit file  in an  Open dialog box  The selected FPGA 7 will be programmed with that stream     b  Clear FPGA Fz  Choosing this menu item causes the selected FPGA    to become un     configured     1 3 2 File Menu  The File Menu has the following 1 option     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 38       USB SOFTWARE        Exit  Closes the USB Controller application    1 33 Edit Menu    The Edit Menu performs the basic edit commands on the command log in the bottom half of  the USB Controller window     1 3 4 FPGA Configuration Menu  The FPGA Configuration Menu has the following options     a     Refresh   This menu item refreshed the image displaying the DN8000K10 with the  current configured status of each FPGA  the main bus switch settings and  current global clock frequency values     Configure via USB  individually    After selecting this item  a window will appear and ask which FPGA you  want to configure and then which configuration stream   bit file  you want  to configure the selected FPGA with from your computer s file system   The status of the FPGA configuration process will be logged in the log  window and the DN8000K10 image and clock frequencies will be updated  after the  bit file has been transferred     Configure via USB using file   This option allows the user to configure more than one FPGA over USB at  atime  To use this option you must create a setup file that contains  information on which              should be configured a
130. ctions and data  The  instruction address space  and the XDATA address space  In the code  memory locations in the  XDATA address space are declared with the XDATA modifier  Externally  when the MCU is  accessing XDATA memory  it asserts the        OE signal  Both XDATA and instruction  memory spaces use the MCU_DATAJ7 0  signals to input data into the MCU  On the  DN8000K10  this signal is used to select between an FLASH  and the Config FPGA and     SRAM  XDATA is mapped to the Config FPGA and SRAM  and the instruction space is  mapped to the Flash     The Cypress microprocessor has 8KB of internal RAM that is by default mapped to the first    SKB of addresses      the instruction address space  When the microprocessor code reads       writes to this memory  the external MCU_DATA bus is not used  but the internal memory  The    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 77       HARDWARE    internal memory address range is from  0  0000 to Ox1FFF    Inside FX2 Outside FX2  External RAM 2     7 5 Kbytes  USB registers  and endpint  buffers    0 5 Kbytes  Scratch RAM    55 Kbytes  external code    48 Kbytes        external data  memory   RD WR     8 Kbytes RAM  Code  amp  Data       When the Cypress MCU 15 reset  which happens after the Config FPGA is configured   it loads  its boot code into its 8kB of internal memory from a serial EPROM  013   The code in the  EPROM instructs the MCU to copy the contents of the FLASH to the internal address range  0  0000 to Ox1FFF  In this way 
131. cuit is in  Hardware  MGT Serial Resources  RocketlO clock          REPCLE     The        specification allows for modules to require an optional    5 2V power supply to be  provided by the host board  The DN8000K10 provides no    5 2V power  so a mounting point   U1  is provided for the use of a bench supply if ECL signaling is required     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 153       HARDWARE    Mounting Holes for  5 2V  support  XFP        10V      JMPR   DNI     CduF  20     Most        modules require 1 8V power from the host  The 1 8V Voltage provided      the  DN8000K10 come from the 1 8   0 and 1 8V  1 power rails  shared by the SODIMM module  sockets     Power supply filtering for each XFP module is provided  following the recommendations in the         specification     The       specification defines some low speed signals for monitoring status  These signals        the SFP low speed signals  with the exception of the SDATA and SCLK signals  are connected  to an IO expansion CPLD  These signals are 3 3V  open drain signals with external pull up  resistors  The SDATA and SCLK signals connect directly to the associated                The two         optical modules    SDATA and SCLK signals are bussed  so in order to use the serial status  interface of two        modules simultaneously  the CPLD interface must be implemented for  control of the MOD DESEL signal     10 5 6               There is           bus on the       signal interface      each        module  
132. d have the ability to start GPIF for FIFO write  starting the transition   checking the ready signals if available  checking the amount of data retrieved  ending a request  either with error or success and so on  If so  firmware sends data to the external component if  the ready signal s  requirement is met and GPIF internal FIFOs are not empty  regardless of the    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 83       HARDWARE    user request  For doing this GPIF toggles FIFO write signal  Whit every toggle it puts the next  data byte on the bus  Togeling depends on the GPIF waveform programmed  Notice that FIFO  operations do not use addressing    c  External component connected to the GPIF replies write requests and gets the data on the  data bus sequentially    d  Firmware replies to the user mode request with success      error     A waveform descriptor in internal RAM describes the behavior of each of the GPIF signals   The waveform descriptor is loaded into the GPIF registers by the FX2 firmware during  initialization  and it is then used throughout the execution of the code to perform transactions  over the GPIF interface  FX2 software enables loading another user supplied waveform  descriptor   see CeUsb2 API or CeUsb2 generic firmware interface documentation  if this  feature is implemented in the firmware     The windows WDM drivers for the DN8000K10 are general purpose kernel mode drivers   ezusb sys  supplied by Cypress  The source code of the driver module is included
133. d on the User CD  An expansion CPLD  controller is included in the  Source Code  directory of the User CD  For the signal description  of the SFF or XFI interfaces  see the SFF and XFI specifications        CPLD registers Address  XFPO MOD DESEL 0x001  XFPO INTn 0x002  XFPO TXDIS 0  003  XFPO MOD ABS 0x004  XFPO MOD NR 0  005                108 0  006           PDOWN 0  007  SFPO TXFAULT 0x001  SFPO TXDISABLE 0x002  SFPO MOD DEF 0  003  SFPO        DEF 0  004    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 152          105     105         105    HARDWARE    SPPO MOD DEF 0x005  SFPO RATE SEL 0x006  SFPO LOS 0x007  10 5 5 XFP    XFP modules are the fastest available removable serial modules that are protocol independent   The        modules provide externally          signaling interface  This interface only operates  between the rates of 9 5 10 3 Gbps  It may be possible for a module to operate at lower speeds     Note that in order to obtain speeds compatible with the XFI specification  Virtex 4       production parts  non CES  are required in the    12 speed grade      3 3         33V      3 3V         433V      3 3V                  9 9 9 o    9 9                                     105         105                                                                105             105                   Connector   196  lt    191    R190 R195 R212 5  R194 R193 R192  5 1K 5 1K 5 1K 5 1K 5 1K 5 1K 54K 5 1K        C1055 29 3 XFP1_MOD_DESEL  TD  MOD_DESEL ae   XFP1_MOD_DESEL   pour   PT  2
134. design can also be used as general purpose  data signals  so long as they are not required for a source synchronous clock     ISERDES_ALIGNMENT_MACHINE                          T  ISERDES DATAINP 0   4      D DATAINN O              GCLKDIV       FIFO DATA      ISERDES DATAINP 7   DATAINN 7   DATA_OUT  RXCLKDIV ve i iis 829                         ISERDES DATAINP 8          DATAINN 8     DATA ISERDES DATAINP 15   DATAINN 15       704 08 120204    Figure 8              AND DAT Module Block Diagram  Interconnect between FPGAs is arranged into groups of 62 signal data lanes     In the provided  ucf files and the Appendix Pins  the signal naming convention is the following     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 111       HARDWARE      0 15    0 15 _   0 2   0 22     20 15  0 15  B 0 2 n 0 22        0 15  is the index of an FPGA in the 16          4 FPGA array        For example  the signal       5   0113 connects between FPGA      and F5  It is in byte lane 0  so the  appropriate source synchronous clock must be in byte lane 0   This signal is the compliment of  FOF5_B0p13     Some pins on the Virtex 4 FPGA are designed to receive source synchronous clocks  These pins have  been designated in the provided  ucf files and Appendix Pins with a CC name extension  These signals  can be used for data or clock signals  but must be used in their designated direction     An appropriate signal to use for    source synchronous clock for byte lane FOF5 BO would be the LVDS  pair   F5F0 CC
135. ding of the  features of the DN8000K10  These clippings have been modified for clarity and brevity  and  may be missing signals  parts  net names and connections  Unmodified Schematics are included  in the User CD document library as Appendix Schematics  Please refer to this document  Use the  PDF search feature to search for nets and parts     3 2 5 Media card interface   There are three Media card interfaces that can be used to configure FPGAs      the  DN8000K10  CompactFlash  SmartMedia and IDE  IDE is intended to be used with a  CompactFlash to IDE adapter module  like the one mounted on the face panel of the optional  DN8000K10 chassis         instructions for using all three interfaces are identical  See Hardware   Configuration  CompactFlash section  In this manual the all of the media card interfaces are referred  to as  CompactFlash      3 2 6 Config FPGA  Some Dini Group documentation refers to the Configuration FPGA as Spartan  The  configuration FPGA on the DN8000K10 is an LX40 or LX80 Virtex 4 FPGA     3 2 7 Terminology  Abbreviations and pronouns are used for some commonly used phrases     Host is the DN8000K10  as opposed to a daughter card connected to it   MCU is the Cypress FX2 Microcontroller  U200  MGT and RocketIO are used interchangeably  MGT is multi gigabit transceiver  RocketIO is    the Xilinx trademark on their multi gigabit transceiver hardware     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 14       ABOUT THIS MANUAL    FPGA artay include all of the 1
136. e    or reset state       Prior to the config FPGA being configured  the array FPGAs is held in an    initialize    or reset state   Figure 10 2 illustrates the reset arrangement used on the Triton board    3       2 5V 2  1 2   16        Regulator       18 ARRAY    FPGA  PROGn    Config PROM Configuration FPGA              LOGIC  RSTn       PROGn           SYS_RSTn              CPLD_RSTn    DC_RSTn  PWR_FAULTn Supervisory  Power Mon       DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 96       HARDWARE    Figure 10 2 Triton Reset Arrangement    a                                 510  RESC2012N    PWR FAULTICR                        100K  RESC1EOBN                                               SYSTEM                 ss  amaram   9           x we  z 1 00K                   The user may also assert reset by pressing 53     Hard reset  This will trigger the reset signal   SYS RSTn  which is monitored by the Config FPGA  When SYS_RST is asserted  the Config  FPGA resets the Virtex 4 FPGAs  causing them to lose their configuration data and deactivate   The Config FPGA also causes a reset on the Microcontroller unit  which will cause the  microcontroller to reload configuration instructions from the Smart Media card  USB contact  will be lost with the USB host  and the DN8000K10 will have to re enumerate     There is a second button  S2 called    Soft Reset   When this button is pressed  the signal   RESET FPGAnmn  is asserted  This signal is sent to the Virtex 4 FPGAs on a user IO pin  and
137. e Configuration FPGA is easily programmed over             interface  All of the  source code for the Configuration FPGA is provided on the user CD     The Config FPGA is connected to the Cypress microcontroller s address and data busses  and  all of the Config FPGA IOs are memory mapped into the Cypress microcontroller   s address  space  In this way  the microcontroller can monitor and control all configuration processes on  the DN8000K10           Remote CF    m  Interface  IDE  Status LEDs                CompactFlash Reset Switch  Interface DIP Switch                            SmartMedia  Interface                OSC  48MHz          osc  24MHz         CY7C68013  uP Configuration                                  SRAM  128KBx8             Global CLK  Circuits       Control          Boot  EPROM                FLASH      1MBx8               RS232 GPIO             Daughter Card  Connector 300 Pin          REMOTE  DISPLAY IF                                     Config PROM    XCF16 32P  STAG                2 31 Config FPGA Configuration    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 66       HARDWARE    The Config FPGA is hard wired into Master Serial mode  After power up  the Config FPGA  automatically clocks an external PROM  which serially programs the FPGA over the serial    configuration pin  D  IN         green LED lights when pin DONE is high to show that the Config FPGA has configured    successfully     Both the Config FPGA and the serial prom are connected in a JTAG chain 
138. e HOLDDONES option has been activated  the Virtex 4 FPGA will activate   following the activation command imbedded in the      stream file  The DONE signal will go  high  lighting the green LED next to the FPGA labeled    FPGA Done      The USB Controller sends a vendor request VR SETUP  END  This request deselects the  FPGA  so that further bulk requests are interpreted as Main Bus transactions  See        Bus  ACCESSES     4 4 3 Readback  Not recommended over SelectMap  Suggest Xilinx ChipScope Pro  which work over JTAG    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 56       Chapter    Hardware    The DN8000K10 was designed to be the densest emulation platform in the world  To achieve  this goal  the FPGA chosen was the Virtex 4 LX200 FPGA  the largest FPGA available  Sixteen  of these FPGAs were crammed onto the same PCB for ultra high performance and maximum  interconnect  Every general purpose IO on the largest available package  Flip Chip BGA 1513   of each FPGA was connected as inter FPGA interconnect or to an expansion header  The clock  and memory interfaces are designed to operate at the full potential of the Virtex 4     In order to support enough bandwidth to deliver real time data to your design at speed  the  DN8000K10 is equipped with two optional Xilinx Virtex 4 FX100 with                Multi   Gigabit Transceivers  Serial connections over Fibre  Coax ribbon cable  and Coax SMA cables  allow for a total aggregate 150 Gb s off board communication     Every new feat
139. e location of the REG  DDR2HIADDR and REG  HIADDRSIZE  registers on the main Bus  see Address Maps     GCLKO           FPGA         2  F13      F14    DDR_CLK_FB    DDR_CLK_OUT    DDR2 SODIMM    The above diagram shows the clocking structure of the DDR2 interface  For the Main_test  reference design  the DDR2 interfaces are run at 200Mhz  400Mb s x 64Bit   GCLK1 is used as  the reference clock for a DLL  digital PLL  inside the FPGA  The output of this clock is fed  onto a global clock  low fan out  network to the signals DDR_CLK_OUTp n  This signal is  externally routed SSTL25 through an ICS855 clock driver configured as a non PLL buffer   Matched outputs from this buffer are routed as SSTL18 signals to the             and CK1p n    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 178       REFERENCE DESIGN    inputs of the DDR2 SODIMM  and the signal DDR_CLK_FBp n back to a clock input of the           4 FPGA  The DDR_CLK_FB net touted internal to the FPGA on a dedicated clock  feedback path to the DLL  where it ensures the DDR2 controller logic is clocks synchronous to  the DDR2 SODIMM     The latencies of the DDR2 interface are hard coded to the maximum allowable DDR2 latencies  3 3 3 8     The register REG  IDCODE returns    constant allowing the USB Controller program to  recognize the board as a Dini Group reference design  The USB Controller program can then  display reference design status and controls     2 2 RocketlO V4           This reference design is only provided in a c
140. e suitable to meet most common serial protocols that are supported by Xilinx  MGTs and the DN8000K10  If you have specific MGT requirements  be sure to contact Dini  Group about your needs before placing your ordet     Dini Group keeps the following crystals in stock for MGTs   9 8304Mhz  12 890Mhz  14 318Mhz  16 00Mhz  21 477Mhz  24 576Mhz  25 00Mhz  The default option is 25 000 MHz     3 Optional Equipment    3 1 Rack mount Chassis   The DN8000K10 is shipped on a steel base plate    carrier    to provide protection  stability and an  easy way to transport the board  Optionally  the DN8000K10 can ship inside a 4U rack mount  chassis   This carrier can be used externally to the chassis  as well as mounted inside the chassis   The carrier allows the assembly to rest either FPGA side up or FPGA side down  The steel  base plate provides strain relief for daughter card insertion and removal  and provides a heat     sinking path for the motherboard   The chassis front panel provides an LCD display  a remote power switch  a configuration reset    switch  a logic reset switch  a remote Compact Flash drive  and cooling fans  Apertures with  cover plates are used to provide access for daughter card cables     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 189       REFERENCE DESIGN       The fans mounted on the front panel of the chassis provide cooling when the DN8000K10 is  operated with the chassis lid on  A 500  EPS power supply mounts inside the chassis and  exhausts out the backside of 
141. e the provided USB monitoring software to verify that the design is loaded into the FPGAs     1  Connect the provided USB cable to your DN8000K10 and to a Windows XP  computer  either before or after the DN8000K10 has powered on     2  When you connect the DN8000K10 via USB to your PC for the first time  Windows  XP detects the DN8000K10 and asks for a driver  The board should identify itself as a     DiNi Prod FLASH              When the new device detected window appeats  select  the option  install from a list    gt  select  search for the best driver in these locations    Select  include the location in the search  and browse to the product CD in   USB Software Applications Vdrivervwindows wdmV   Select  finish     3  After Windows installs the driver  you will be able to see the following device in the  USB section of Windows device manager     DiniGroup DN8000K10 FLASH boot      4  Run the USB controller application found on the product CD in    Source  CodeNUSBConttollerNUSBConttroller exe                     Figure 11    5  This window will appear showing the current state of the DN8000K10  Next to each  FPGA a green light will appear if that FPGA 1s configured successfully  The visual  feedback in the window will display which FPGAs are present  which FPGAs are  configured  the source of the globals clocks  the frequency of each global clock network at  the FPGA input pins  the state of the Main Bus switches     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 30       QUICK S
142. ed  pins       U11 18             19  AVzo   VREFN_SM    VCCAUXA 2 5V AW2i             SM           AVDD SM    AWzg VN_SM  Avia  VP_SM    AVSS_SM    B20  B21   VREFN_ADC    VCCAUXA 2 5V Baa                    A20   AVDD           VN ADC         VP ADC  AVSS ADC                Virtex 4 LX   1513                   DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 159       HARDWARE    12 Mechanical    12 1 Overview     The dimensions of the PWB are 580mm long by 381mm tall     Config  Status LEDs        pH    Reset  Buttons          CompactFlash  i E catd reader               RocketIO low   jitter reference  clocks            FPGA F0  1 2V power                                                                 73       Main Bus  switch block    SMA          1 of 5       Connectors            E    22       ni           o   12       EL   1   m              T     Configuration             Global clock  tree buffers    SFP Optical  module sockets                                         Optical  module socket   RocketIO          Global clock  generation    block                            EPS Power  connectors    Samtec QSE  Connector   RocketIO     1 8V  DDR2  SODIMM  socket             PWB  stiffener    There are 4 metal stiffener bars  These ate connected to      GND net and are convient for  grounding oscilliscope probes and your hand static  User control connections ate located on the  right edge of the boatd  or the front of the chassis  High speed serial connectors are located on  the lef
143. ees      Monitoring of power regulator    comparator outputs   1 2V_10    1 2V_11   1 2V_14   1 2V_15               2 5V_2   1 8_1  Q3  Quadrant 3  e Control of leaf level  zero delay None  buffers in daughter card global clock  trees      Monitoring of power regulator    comparator outputs   1 2V_8    1 2V_9  41 2V  12   1 2V_13   425V 3                CNTR  Center    Control of top level  zero delay buffers None  in daughter card global clock trees                 DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 95       HARDWARE       Tree buffer master resets  Daughter  card clock multiplexer selects                               RIO top     Control of RIO clock synthesizers and    Control and status I O for XFP and SFP  multiplexers  modules            RIO bottom     Control of RIO clock synthesizers and    Control and status I O for        and SFP  multiplexers  modules        Table 6 1 I O Expansion CPLD Functions    3 5 1 FX CLPD          RocketIO  CPLD    4 Reset Topology    4 1 Reset Configuration    The system reset configuration implements the following reset policies       If any regulator output is below threshold  the board system reset will be held asserted  This is accomplished by  connecting all regulator monitor comparators onto       wited OR    bus line  which is sensed by the supervisory  chip       If any        connected to      config section FPGA and or the config FPGA configuration PROM is below  threshold  then the FPGA PROM system is held in an    initializ
144. ements of the 10 Gigabit    serial transceivers     DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com       138    HARDWARE    The RocketIO clock tree for each Virtex 4 FX part is selectable via two differential clock  multiplexers    is driven by a synthesizer and two oscillators  and dedicated multiplexers inside the Virtex 4  FPGA allow the user to switch between these clock soutces             FO  RocketlO Clocking                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Tile14 Tile101  Samtec QSE1 QSE   Epson     2       Tile113 Tile102 Epson     2101   250Mhz     SFP ose      250Mhz             FX1  F12  RocketlO Clocking     amtec Connector  5   Tile112 Tile103     28 ien         y gsus ty QSEO   9  gt    ynthesizer J     28   SYNTHO    4  25 5Mhz       114 Tile101  8  5              Tilet10 Tile105       _0 Samtec QSE1 QSE   28  gt                     2                 2101 Tile 13 Tile102 Epson CA2101  Tile109 Tile106  250Mhz  003         250Mhz   DCO SMA N     c        Samtec Connector  85         118108 y icssas21     gt   7  8     Synthesizer  1584321 23   SYNTHO        4 25 5Mhz        58        1 Tile 10 Tile105        0  Synthesizer 5        Exo      SYNTH1   38  gt         QSEO    5 p Tile109 Tile106  Samtec Connector SEP 9560  25 0Mhz  ICS84321  Synthesizer    SYNTH1   
145. ents  About this Manual    List of available documentation and resources available                Guide to this manual    Quick Start Guide    Step by step instructions for powering on the DN8000K10  loading and communicating with a  simple provided FPGA design and using the board controls     Controller  USB  Software Guide    A summary of the functionality of the provided software  Implementation details for the remote  USB board control functions and instructions for developing your own USB host software     Board Hardware Description  Detailed description and operating instructions of each individual circuit on the DN8000K10    Reference Design Guide  Detailed description of the provided DN8000K10 reference design  Implementation details of  the reference design interaction with DN8000K10 hardware features     FPGA Design Guide   Information needed to use the DN8000K10 with third party software  including Xilinx ISE   Certify  and Identify  Some commonly asked questions and problems specific to the  DN8000K10    Ordering Information  Contains a list of the available options and available optional equipment  Some suggested parts  and equipment available from third party vendors     2 Additional Resources    For additional information  go to http   www dinigroup com  All of the electronic information  provided on the User CD is updated frequently  your User CD contains the latest files available  at the time your board was shipped        Resource Description       DN8000K10
146. erence  design    DN8000K10 User Guide       Example code for the DN8000K10 showing how to  implement memory controllers  RocketIO  etc  The design is  provided both as source  and as compiled bit file  configuration streams for use with the FPGAs installed on  your board     Constrain   ucf  files are included specifying pin outs  IO  standards  and location constraints  You should modify and       www dinigroup com 11       ABOUT THIS MANUAL    Resource    Description       use these constaint files for your own design        Dini Group website    The web page will contain the latest manual  application  notes  FAQ  articles  and any device errata and manual  addenda  Please visit and bookmark   http   www dinigroup com       E Mail technical  support    You may direct questions and feedback to the Dini Group  using the following e mail address   support dinigroup com       Phone technical  support    DN8000K10 User Guide       Call us at 858 454 3419 during the hours of 8 00am to 5 00pm  Pacific Time        www dinigroup com 12       ABOUT THIS MANUAL    3 Conventions    This document uses the following conventions  An example illustrates each convention     3 1 Typographical    The following typographical conventions are used in this document     Convention    Meaning or Use    Example       Courier font    Messages  prompts  and program files that the  system displays    speed grade    100       Courier bold    Literal commands that you enter in a syntactical  statement 
147. es   FPGA FO 0  0  00001         1 Name          1     acsii     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 181       REFERENCE DESIGN    FPGA F0    FPGA F0  FPGA F0  FPGA F0    FPGA   1  FPGA F1    FPGA F1  FPGA F1  FPGA F1  FPGA   1  FPGA F1  FPGA F1  FPGA F1  FPGA F1  FPGA F1    FPGA   1  FPGA   1  FPGA   1  FPGA   1  FPGA F1    FPGA F1    FPGA   1  FPGA   1  FPGA F1    FPGA F2  FPGA F2    FPGA F2  FPGA F2  FPGA F2  FPGA F2  FPGA F2  FPGA F2  FPGA F2  FPGA F2  FPGA F2    FPGA F2  FPGA F2    0x0C000X XO    0x0C000X X4  0x0C000X X8  0x0CO00X XC    0x10000000    Ox17FFFFFF    0x18000002  0x18000004  0x18000006  0x18000010  0  18000011  0  18100001  0  18100002  0  18100003  0  18100004    0  18000001  0  18000003  0  18000005  0  18000007  0  18000008                            0x1C000XX4  0x1C000XX8  0x1C000XXC    0x20000000   0x27FFFFFF    0  28000002  0  28000004  0  28000006  0  28000010  0  28000011  0  28100001  0  28100002  0  28100003  0  28100004    0  28000001  0  28000003    DN8000K10 User Guide    BUS XX OUT    BUS XX OE  BUS XX IN  BUS XX Name    DDR2 B space       IDCODE  INTERCONTYPE  RWREG  LED_OE  LED_OUT  CLK_COUNTER  CLK_COUNTER  CLK_COUNTER  CLK_COUNTER    DDR2HIADDR  HIADDRSIZE    DDR2SIZEHIADDR    DDR2TAPCNTO  DDR2TAPCNT1    BUS XX OUT    BUS XX OE  BUS XX IN  BUS XX Name    DDR2    space       IDCODE  INTERCONTYPE  RWREG  LED_OE  LED_OUT  CLK_COUNTER  CLK_COUNTER  CLK_COUNTER  CLK_COUNTER    DDR2HIADDR  HIADDRSIZE    www dinigroup com                be 0 21
148. et FPGA Temperature Alarm Threshold      degrees C  decimal values  range  1 127    85  Old Threshold  80  New Threshold  85  Threshold Updated  85 Degrees C       Figure 8    The Virtex 4 FPGA can operate at temperatures as high as 120  C without permanently  damaging the part  although timing specifications are not guaranteed  The MCU allows you to    change the reset threshold from the default of 80  C              information about the temperature sensor system        be found in the Hardware  Power     Cooling section    3 7 4 User Serial port    The DN8000K10 has four serial ports  P206  P207  P208  P209  for user use  These ports can  be accessed through the MB64B Bus  See Appendix PINS OTHER for the pin locations of the    MB64B signals      each FPGA                                   Figure 9  Signal  from provided  ucf file  Header Number  and Schematic   P1RX     64   63    206   Pl TX   P2 RX     64   62    207   P2 TX      64  161  P208  MB64B 60  P209                DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com       27       QUICK START GUIDE    Remember to enable the Main Bus MB64B bus switches to access the RS232 ports from the  FPGA  The switches are enabled by default  See Hardware  Interconnect  Main Bus     3 8 Check LED status lights  The DN8000K10 has many status LEDs to help the user confirm the status of the  configuration process     1     Check the Reset indicator LED located near the upper  right hand corner of the  board  DS17  If it is flashing red  the
149. f the USB Controller is provided in  D   Source CodeNUSB   SoftwareNUSBController  as a Microsoft Visual Studio 5 project  Visual Studio 5 or later is required to compile this    program     DN8000K10 User Guide www  dinigroup com 50       USB SOFTWARE    4 1 Cypress CY7C68013A      Cypress Microcontroller  MCU  with built in USB support provides the USB interface of the  DN8000K10  All communication with the DN8000K10 over USB is initiated by the host  PC   and consists either of a USB vendor request  See USB specification and Cypress datasheet  or a  USB bulk transfer     Vendor requests can contain short  512Byte  messages in either direction  and cause the MCU  to execute code  In response to most vendor requests  the MCU will modify or read values in  the Configuration memory space  see next section      Since vendor requests can contain only a limited amount of data  USB Bulk transfers are used to  send configuration data to the DN8000K10  The MCU is too slow to process USB 2 0 data at  full speed  and so the bulk transfer data is sent to external pins on the Cypress MCU  see  Cypress datasheet  and to the configuration FPGA  next section   Currently  this data is only  used to configure FPGAs  and so the data is sent to the SelectMap pins of the Virtex 4 FPGAs     To begin communication with the DN8000K10  the USB Controller program creates a USB  connection object in the host operating system  by opening Vendor ID 0x1234 product ID  0x1234   For the purposes of updati
150. gnals  Also  for the reference design to work  these  signals must not be driven from a user design in another              If you implement a design that uses these signals for interconnect you should read the section  on the reference design      interface  The reference design implements a USB interface that  you might want to use as is for debugging your design     The MB80B bus is also connected to the Configuration FPGA  The MB64B bus can be  connected to the Configuration FPGA if an LX80 part is installed in the configuration FPGA  slot              MBUS64A 1 63 0  64 BIT  Main Bus Structure V1 4 FX60   BUS          SWITCH    FF1152          80 BIT  BUS     SWITCH    MBUS80_1 79 0        MBUS80_0 79 0           MBUS64_0 63 0     MBUS64_2 63 0                    7  SWITCH                MBUS80_2 79 0  80 BIT  SWITCH                            DN8000K10 User Guide       HARDWARE    The MB64B section of the main bus does not connect to the FX parts  FO and F12     Since not all customers will use the main bus  bus switches are used to isolate branches of the  main bus to reduce loading and increase the speed at which these signals can operate  See the  above diagram for a drawing of the main bus connections  The bus switches can be opened and  closed with an 8 bit resolution  The setting of these switches can be done through the software  controller program or the configuration file on the configuration CompactFlash card        The bus switches are bi directional  The con
151. he Virtex 4 FPGAs are produced on board with three 20A switching  power supplies  one for each of 1 8V  2 5V  and 1 2       TPS    Switching Power Supply 1 2V   20A       PSU2          C264            IN 12V 3 7  eee   8        vout     T     C279 C310 C357 2 C339 C340   1 SENSE    150uF   150uF               100uF H  10V       Our 1OuF 10uF                   1V ONOFF 1          10  0  0      a 20   TANT                              ON OFF 3 1 2V_VTRIM     TANT    TANT    VOUT TRIM       R2 R177  lt  R176  10K 1 8M  lt  43k         2       YNCOS5S20 0 ES                           The DN8000K10 is shipped with a fun mounted above the power supplies to help keep them  cool  If you need to remove this fan  the DN8000K10 will function properly without it  but be  careful not to touch the power supplies with your fingers because they will burn     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 101       HARDWARE    Each power supply is protected with a 15A fuse on the inputs  If you need to operate the  DN8000K10 with more than 15A of current for a power supply  you can change this fuse  but  you need to find a heatsink solution for keeping the Virtex 4 FPGAs cool  The heatsink and fan  provided are appropriate for a power consumption of about 10 15W per FPGA     Each of the primary power rails  5 0  3 3  2 5  1 8  1 2  is monitored for under voltage  If the    voltage monitor circuit detects a low voltage  it will hold the board in reset until the supply is  back within 5  of its set poi
152. how these control signals control the clock network  see Hardware   Clocking resources    2 3 5 RS232    The DN8000K10 has two RS232 headers  One  P2  is reserved for use by the microcontroller  unit  The other  P1  is connected to the Config FPGA  The Config FPGA has one RX and one  TX signal connected to each Virtex 4 FPGA  The Config FPGA will multiplex the RX and TX  signals to the Virtex FPGAs to the RS232 header P1       change the Virtex 4 FPGA that has  access to the RS232 headers  you can use the provided USB application program  or you can  change the setting on a terminal connected to the Microcontroller unit   s RS232 port  P2      Since RS232 uses    12V signal levels  the RS232 signals from the Config FPGA are first  buffered through a voltage translation buffer shown below                                                                                                                             RS232         02 P1  z 2i RS232 TXD3 1 2  RS282 TX S        TIOUT                         Tour  2    3       2   9                    19 5 5            RS232 RX   434            RIN H  pee   10 X  MCU_RX R2OUT              10 16 GND                H                  15 GND RS232 MCU     swour        I8        SNP     24 P2  c2          El BUEN xi 2  Hci vec HS 3        4     1  14 7        2                                  1     c2  2 4     v   2   o    22   on                               AXSSBSE TSOP24    On the underside of the DN8000K10  there are two duplicate RS2
153. iguration stream file assignments to each  FPGA     Before configuring an FPGA  the configuration circuit  MCU  reads  the header information in the  bit file  If the target device in the  header does not match the FPGA type on the board  the  configuration stream is rejected  and the MCU prints and error  message  This check can be disabled using the sanity check n option   See the Hardwate Configuration Media card section for more    information on this command      The MCU is configuring FPGA 0 according to instructions in  MAIN TXT     The MCU is configuring FPGA F1 according to instructions in  MAIN TXT       DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com 24          QUICK START GUIDE          Sanity check passed              WITH CONFIGURATION OF FPGA  1    DN8000k10 MAIN MENU  Nov 11 2005  15 48 09   This is the DN8000K10 main menu  A discussion of the available    Configure FPGAs using  MAIN   TXT         commands are given later this section          Interactive configuration menu    Check configuration status     Change MAIN configuration file    List files on Smart Media     Display Smart Media text file  READ FROM FLASH REGISTER   WRITE TO FLASH REGISTER          v  READ SECTOR                         BP UN HG    READ SECTORS  starting at 0   SEACH FOR MB RECORD    r  RESET FLASH    g   Display FPGA Temperatures  h   Set FPGA Temperature Alarm Threshold    ENTER SELECTION  v                Figure 5    You should see the DN8000K10 MCU main menu  If the reference design 
154. in Bus  and an 300 pin expansion header     The source code for the Configuration FPGA 15 provided in  D  Source Code ConfigFPGA    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 51       USB SOFTWARE    This project can be compiled using Xilinx ISE version 7 11 SP4 or later  Your board may have  been build using      LX80 FF1148 or an LX40 FF 1148 for the configuration FPGA     4 2 1 Configuration Register          The DN8000K10 firmware is updated constantly to add compatibility for new products and add  features  The information in this section may change after this manual is printed  The memory  space of the MCU is 16 bits wide     This table describes registers within the Configuration FPGA that are accessible from the  memory space of the MCU                                                  Address Range Name Description   Code Space   0x0000 0x1 FFFF EEPROM   0  2000                FLASH   XDATA   XXXX XXXX SRAM   OxDF10 FPGA  BE     select byte in addr  read  and data bytes   Ox DF11 FPGA  RD DATA   Ox DF12 FPGA  WR  DATA   Ox DF13 FPGA  ADDR   Ox DF14          ERROR This register contains an error code after a Main Bus  transaction   Ox DF20 GPIF DATA   Ox DF21 GPIF ERROR   Ox DF22 HOLD DONES This register  1bit  determines if the FPGAs should  be held in reset until all FPGAs are configured   Ox DF23 STATES The state of the state machines in the Configuration    FPGA that control FPGA configuration   7 4          STATE   3 0             STATE                                
155. ing on  the connector  Be absolutely certain that both the small and the large Reys at the narrow ends of the Meg Array  lne up BEFORE applying pressure to mate the connectors                The following two excerpts are taken from      FCI application guide for the Meg Array series of    connectors     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 121       HARDWARE    A part can be started from either end  Locate and match the connector   s A1 position marking           for  both the Plug and Receptacle   Markings are located on the long side of the housing   Rough alignment  is required prior to connector mating as misalignment of  gt 0 8mm could damage connector contacts   Rough alignment of the connector is achieved through matching the Small alignment slot of the plug  housing with the Small alignment key of the receptacle housing and the Large alignment slot with the  Large alignment key  Both connector housings have generous lead in around the perimeter and will  allow the user to blind mate assemble the connectors  Align the two connectors by feel and when the  receptacle keys start into the plug slots  push down on one end and then move force forward until the  receptacle cover flange bottoms on the front face of the plug    Dec 09  2004    Like mating  a connector pair can be unmated by pulling them straight apart  However  it requires less  effort to un mate if the force is originated from one of the slot key ends of the assembly   Reverse  procedure from mating  Mating
156. inx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  250 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  249 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  248 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  271 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  270 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T   1269 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  268 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  267 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  266 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  265 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  264 Right angle SMA Johnson 142 0701 50 http    www xilinx com bvdocs userguides ug076 pdf CML T  272                     Johnson 142 0701 20 http   www xfpmsa org XFP_SFF_INF_8077i_Rev4_0 pdf LVPECL T  273               Johnson 142 0701 20 http   www xfpmsa org XFP_SFF_INF_8077i_Rev4_0 pdf LVPECL T  275 SEXT XFP Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xfpmsa org  XFP                80771       4           LVPECL T  274 SEXT XFP Johnson 142 0701 20 http    www xfpmsa org  XFP   
157. ion value that will be  sent over the 2 wire bus to the selected global clock  synthesizer the next time clocks are set    Ox DF48 FPGA  PHO DVAL Holds the division value that the FPGA should apply  to the PHO clock to generate the PHO DIV output    Ox DF49          PH1 DVAL Holds the division value that the FPGA should apply  to the PH1 clock to generate the PHO DIV output    Ox DF50          PH2 DVAL Holds the division value that the FPGA should apply  to the PH2 clock to generate the PHO DIV output    Ox DFE CF REG  OFFSET   INTERNAL MAIN The Registers in the    Internal Main  interface ate   Main Bus address accessible from the Main Bus interface  See Reference  Design  These tegisters must be enabled by setting the  FPGA_COMMUNICATION register  above    0  0002 REG  IDCODE This register returns a known value so the USB  Controller program can identify it as the Dini Group  reference design    0  0004  REG  SCRATCH        05 REG  HEADERTEST   Ox 06 REG  HEADERTEST              1   0   07 REG                       STATUS2        08 REG  HEADERTEST  STATUS3   Ox 09 REG                       STATUS4   Ox 0A  REG HEADERTEST STATUS5   Ox OB         HEADERTEST  STATUS6   0   0C         HEADERTEST STATUS7             DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com          USB SO    FTWARE                                                 Ox OD REG  CLOCKCOUNT  GCLKO This register contains the maximum value of a  counter clocked from GCLKO  The counter is reset  every 0x1000 clock cycle
158. is loaded in the  Virtex 4 FPGAs  then you should see the above on your terminal  Try pressing 3 to see if the  configuration circuit was successful in programming the FPGAs           ENTER SELECTION  3   okckckckckckck ck ck k ck k k kk kkkk  CONFIGURATION STATUS      xkkkkkkkkkkkkkk k  FPGA 0 configured with file           FO BIT   FPGA 1 configured with file  FPGA_F1 BIT   FPGA 4 configured with file  FPGA FA4 BIT   FPGA 5 configured with file           F5 BIT          Figure 6    You can verify each FPGA has been successfully configured with a design by looking at the  green LED labeled    DONE next to each           F0 DONE    0540  Each green LED is lit  when the FPGA next to it 15 successfully configured   This LED is controlled by the DONE  signal of the Virtex 4 SelectMap interface  See the Virtex 4 User Guide     3 7 2 Interactive configuration  You can save multiple design configuration files for each          on a single CompactFlash catd   and use the serial interface s interactive configuration menu to select which  bit file to use on  each FPGA  Select menu option 2                INTERACTIVE CONFIGURATION MENU       HOLD DONES   0x02 BITS 1   0x12    1  Select bit files to configure FPGA s   2  Set verbose level  current level   2   3  Enable sanity check for bit files          DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 25          QUICK START GUIDE          M  Main Menu    Enter Selection  1   CF CTRL              SMART MEDIA CARD DETECTED  Reading SM info    Ple
159. isable this feature currently  Further documentation is not  available for these as of this printing     10 4 2 FX CES2 power supplies   If your DN8000K10 came with a CES2  engineering sample  FX part for FXO and FX1  FO and  F12   then    Virtex 4 erratum require the MGT analog 1 2V rail to be 1 1V  This setting may not  be reflected by Appendix Schematics     10 5 Connections  The following sections list the individual RocketIO connections  Here is a connection summary        RIGHT COLUMN FPGA  Signal Name Connector Conn  ignal Name Connector Conn   MGT LOC Pin Pin Pin  GT11_X1Y9 15  QSEO7 TXP SAMTEC QSE13   5  07                     QSE 33   114  14  QSEO7        CABLE 1   5  07        CABLE 31    18   QSEO7         234  2   5  07         1235  32    17    5  07 RXN 4   5  07 RXN 34  GT11 X1Y8 13    5  08        9   5  08        39    12  QSE08_TXN 7  QSE08        37    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 145       HARDWARE                                          10   QSE08         QSE08        38    9 QSE08 RXN 10  05  08 RXN 40  GT11_X1Y7 A4 SFPO_TXP SFP Connector DC_CH1_TXP DC3        113       SFPO TXN  J237  DC_CH1_TXN  P103  F9  A7 SFPO_RXP DC_CH1_RXP E7  A6 SFPO_RXN DC_CH1_RXN F7  GT11_X1Y6 C1 SFP1_TXP DC_CH2_TXP E11  D1 SFP1 TXN DC CH2 TXN F11  F1 SFP1 RXP DC CH2 RXP E13  G1 SFP1 RXN DC CH2 RXN F13  GT11 X1Y5      DC CH1        DCO   9                    DC3   17   112  1 DC CH1 TXN  P100  F9 DC CH3         P103  F17  M1 DC CH1 RXP E7 DC_CH3_RXP E15  N1 DC_CH1_
160. it Range   31 28 27 25                    DDR2SEL Selects DDR2 Memory map   Determines INTERCONSEL External IO Memory map        which FPGA   REGSEL Internal control registers  contains the Register bank select   register   0000   FO 0       DDR2SEL   0001   F1 110   IOSEL   0010   F2 100   REGSEL   0011   F3 111   ROCKETIO   1111   F15                                                                            DN8000K10 User Guide                                              DDR2SEL 24 0  Memory mapped to DDR2  memory module  32 bit words    F1  F2  F13  F14 only   IOSEL 11 8  OxF   LVDS GENREG  Ox0   LVDS            REG  REGSEL 11 4 3 2  Bus Select REG_OUT The output bit for the selected IO  9D 9E   MB64 REG_OE Enables the output Buffer for the IO  9   9     MB80 REG  IN  Read only  the value of the interconnect signal  00 99 FPGA FPGA REG EN Ox7FFFFFFF   30 bit values   5 0  0  01 DDRHIADDR 13 bits  Hiaddr   0  05   DDR2SIZE 8 bits its x 128MB  0x02   IDCODE 32 bits returns ID CODE  0x20   CLKCOUNTER  else  DEAD5566   ROCKETIO 21 20 19 16 8 7 0   FO and F12 only   00 COL_O TILE DRP  01 COL_1 SELECT  0000   YO 1 DRP  0001   Y1 0 NOT DRP  0100   Y4  DRP 7 0  Memory Mapped to               interface  NOT DRP 7 0  0x00   RESET BitO     txreset       rxreset  0  01                  2bits     Loopback mode  0  02 POWERDOWN   1 bit    powerdown mode  0  05 PATTERNSEL 2 bits     select test pattern  0x06   CLKSTABLE 2 bits  Ox07 POLARITY bitO Txpolatiry bitl Rxpol   0  04   ID O0xD
161. ive pins 20 and 22  The ICS843020 01 can receive this clock and use it to  generate a frequency for the MGTCLK inputs     The 1  5843020 01 Frequency Synthesizer is a very low phase noise  With the default 25Mhz  oscillator  the frequency synthesizer is capable of producing frequencies in the ranges 71 875   84 375  143 75 168 75  287 5 337 5  and 575 675 MHz     For 10Gb serial transmission rates  you should use one of the low jitter fundamental frequency  SAW oscillators  These oscillators operate at 250Mhz and so cover the gaps in the frequency  synthesis options given by the ICS843020 01     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 142       HARDWARE                                                                                                                                                           Error   NEAR  OSC2_3 3VREG FPGA  NEAR OSCILLATOR         FB103 NL FOR  EG 2101CA  R432  10 0K R433  1K        VC 1 4V  1S O PPM PULL 8435 R436       240R 240R  osc2      1 6 ISES TO USE AC COUPLING ON  OE        ITIL THEY HAVE DONE FURTHER  OSC2 PU  o  21 2 us em ES OSC2 Yn  OSC2 Y             our   lt         M                    250Mhz     R439 R440 U10 20  33R 33R  C1048  0 01uF  T        MGTCLK    110    MGTCLK P 110  C1049  R441 R442 0 01uF  49 9R 49 9R   Virtex 4 FX   1152   OPT   OSC3_3 3VREG NEAR  FPGA  NEA 1  D    OSC3_3 3VFILT    FB102 NL FOR  EG 2101CA  R419  10 0K R421  1K  R422 R423  U48 100R 100R  OSC3 VC 1 6 ON                   VE DONE FURTHER  OSC3 PU 2    dui
162. latively slow interface  and most users should choose to configure over USB   SmartMedia  However  some users like JTAG configuration because it is simple and allows  some debugging features not available over SelectMap     To configure using JTAG  use a Xilinx Parallel cable IV  or Xilinx platform USB cable  The  Xilinx program Jtag configuration program Impact can be run from within the ISE software   You should set the configuration speed of your JTAG cable to 4Mhz or below     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 63       HARDWARE                                                              JTAG Clock Buffer  1 42 5V_2  3    0209 1  58343 01  5 gi eee JTAG F0 TCK 2  z   JTAG   15        9 JTAG F1 TCK 3     JTAG_FCONN        11  OE1 JTAG F2        10  i                          11  JTAG F4        12     13   JTAG F5 TCK 13       JTAG F6 TCK 14  JTAG F7 TCK 15  JTAG F8 TCK 16  JTAG F9 TCK 17  JTAG F10 TCK 4  JTAG F11 TCK 5  JTAG F12 TCK 6  JTAG F13 TCK 7   8   9       JTAG F14 TCK  JTAG F15 TCK             2 JTAG_GRPO_TMS 2 3 10 11   3 JTAG_GRP1_TMS 12 13 14 15   7 JTAG_GRP2_TMS 4 5 16 17  JTAG GRP3 TMS 6 7 8 9    The JTAG signals TMS and TCK are buffered and distributed point to point to each                   connects to FPGA pin TDO on F15  the TDI pin of J200 connects to the TDI pin of  FPGA       The order of the JTAG Chain is       F2        F0  F4  F5  F6  F7  F11  F10  F9  F8   F12  F13  F14  F15           U11 1                                                     
163. led on  a 400 pin land pattern on a daughter card to allow limited functionality in 300 pin daughter card  positions  The    Banks    of signals are segregated  On the 300 pin connector  there are extra  signals in the checkerboard pattern that are left as NC     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 123       HARDWARE    Below is a graphic representation of the pin assignments for the 300  and 400 pin connectors   Note that this is a view from the backside of the connector  The green boxes represent ground  connections      gt   UJ                  O  I            ABCDEFGHUJK                                  L2N L3N L4N                         L6N             L10P  L27P        LION             L14P  L28P             10 10      10  0         11 11 Lis L29P 11    12 12 12    OMAN             ON    OAN           A ON    OMAN OA PR ON               13 13 E 13  14 14 14  15 15 E 15  16 16 16  17 17 E 17  18 18 18  19 19 A 19  20 20 20  21 21 d 21  22 22 22  23 23 m    23  24 24 24  25 25 25  26 26 26  27 27 27  28 28 28  29 29 29  30 30 30          31 ABCDEFGHUJK             DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 124       HARDWARE    Special purpose pins are described below     8 2 2       VREF          Some of the signals connected to the daughter card expansion headers are    clock capable        the  inputs on the Virtex 4 FPGA can be used for source synchronous clocking  In the Appendix Pins  Other and provided constraints   ucf  files  these signals are post pended with   
164. like internal loopback and clock source settings are available from the MGT  menu in the AETest application  Note that for many changes to take effect  the MGT tiles must  be reset  All MGT settings can be changed from the AETest application using the DRP  interface of the MGTs  Using this interface requires using a memory map index provided in the  Virtex 4 RocketlO User Guide     To verify the function of each MGT tile and it   s error rate  select the Display registers COL 0    and 1 menu items in the MGT menu  This will display a dump of the IO registers controlling  each MGT channel     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 172       REFERENCE DESIGN    COl    TILE    B  status 8A rxstate 1  loopback purdoun B txpol    Frame Cnt           Error Cnt         Last 4A4A4A4A  TILE 8 A  status 82 rxstate 1  loopback pwrdown   txpol             Error Cnt   7      Last   5  5  5  5  status 80 rxstate 1  loopback pwrdown    txpol A     8  Error Cnt  8     Last 4A4A4A4A  TILE 1 A  status 80 rxstate 1  loopback pwrdown    txpol     Frame Cnt           Error Cnt     8  Last FFFFFFFF  status 80 rxstate 1  loopback pwrdown    txpol             Error Cnt     0  Last 66668000  status 80 rxstate 1  loopback pwrdown 6 txpol A           Error Cnt         Last FFFFFFFF  status 82 rxstate 1  loopback pwrdown    txpol A   2  B  Error Cnt   5      Last 4A4A4A4A  status 88 rxstate 1  loopback pwrdown    txpol A  Frame Cnt     8  Error Cnt         Last   5  5  5  5               ctoss reference
165. mapped over this main bus interface  For a description of the main bus interface and memory  map  see the chapter Reference Design     a     Write DWORD   Displays a dialog box that allows you to send data to a signal address in the  reference design s address space  This operation occurs over the    main bus     interface  See the Chapter Reference Design     Read DWORD   Displays a dialog box that allows you to read data from a signal address in the  reference design s address space  This operation occuts over the    main bus   interface  See the Chapter Reference Design     Write and Read DWORD  This displays a dialog box that tests the    main bus  interface by writing a value  to a location in the reference design s memory space and immediately reading    that addtess back     Test Address Space   This item shows a dialog box allowing you to test a range of locations in the   memoty space of the reference design  This is used to test memory connected  2  43    to individual FPGAs that is mapped to the reference design s    main bus   interface     Display Address Space  This item dumps a range of addresses in the reference design   s    main           to  the log window under the DN8000K10 image     Test DDR  may be called    Test DN8000K10 PCI DDR    This item automates a test of the memory space on         main bus  interface  that the reference design maps to DDR2 memory     DN8000K10 User Guide www  dinigroup com 40       USB SOFTWARE        Test DDR single FPGA  may
166. microcontroller program determines that the user wants to program  the Virtex 4 FPGAs from files in the SmartMedia or Compact Flash card  it instructs the Config    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 68       HARDWARE    FPGA to activate the Virtex 4   s SelectMap interface and load configuration data from the  SmartMedia card  The Config FPGA reads data out of the bit files in the Smart media card and  sends them over the SelectMap bus to the user FPGAs     In the schematics  you may notice the Smart Media data bus  SM 7 0   also connects to the  microcontroller  These 8 data signals are also used to communicate USB bulk transfer data to  the Configuration FPGA  The MCU does not have the ability to communicate with the Smart  Media card directly     2 3 8        communication    The MCU communicates to the Config FPGA over its external memory interface  pins D 0 7   and A 0 15   The Config FPGA is assigned an address range      the microcontroller s memory  space     The 480Mbs data rate of USB 2 0 is too fast for the microcontroller to pass over the memoty  mapped interface  so data going from USB 2 0 to the main bus or SelectMap interface through  the microcontroller instead uses the Cypress CY7C68013 GPIP interface  The GPIF interface is  capable of transferring data to and from USB without relying on the processor  The interface is  clocked externally by the signal MCU_IFCLK  which is driven at 48Mhz from the Config  FGPA     2 3 4 Clock control   The Config FPGA con
167. mtec QSE 20 22  SYNTH1 ICS84321 25 0Mhz SYNTH1 1  584321 25 0Mhz           1         1 1    QSE1  J234  Samtec QSE 20 22  QSE1  J235                    Samtec QSE 20 22    10 5 1 Samtec Multi Gigabit Cable Connector   For board to board high density connections  two Samtec ribbon cable connectors per FX part  are connected to RocketIO  The pin outs on the cable allow two DN8000K10 boards to be  connected to each other for 4 bi directional channels operating at 5Gbs or more per channel   per direction     The Samtec part number for the connector installed on the host is QSE 014 01 F D DP A  An  appropriate crossover cable for cabling two DN8000K10s together is the Samtec EQDP 014   09 00 TBR TBL 4  The appropriate mating parts are from the Samtec QTE DP  or DP EQCD  HFEM DP series                                     1222  2                      DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 148       HARDWARE         TILE 106      60   LEFT COLUMN     U112 16  EX1 QSED1 RxP  Xi d XN    AVCCAUXRXB 106  AVCCAUXRXA  106  AVCCAUXTX 106    FX0  PRIMARY   SAMTEC CONNECTOR    J233    FX1 QSED1 DTN  FX1 05  01 TxP        lt   FX1 CABLE CINOp 203   lt  gt  FXI CABLE CINOn 203           TILE 105  FX60   LEFT COLUMN        U112 17  FX1 P 4  QSE2 4 F D DEK             RXPPADA 105 AMCCAUXRXA 105              RXNPADA 105                    105 ANS                       105    Note  These signals should be routed  as differential pairs  Each of the     1 QSED3         pairs shall be matched length  
168. mware update is taking  place  When the download is complete  the Log window should print   Update Complete     Move Switch block S1  1 to the OFF position to put the DN8000K10 back into normal  operation mode  Power cycle the board     3 2 Updating the Configuration FPGA  PROM  firmware   Connect a Xilinx Parallel IV  or Platform USB configuration cable to the parallel port of your  computer  The Parallel IV cable requires external power to operate  so you may need to connect  the keyboard connector power adapter  When the Parallel IV cable has power  the status LED  on Parallel IV turns amber     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 47       USB SOFTWARE    PROIL CONFIG EPGA J                     Figure 19    Use    14 pin 2mm IDC cable to connect the Parallel      cable to the DN8000K10 connector  J208     Power on the DN8000K10  When the Parallel      cable is connected to a header  the status light  turns green     Open the Xilinx program Impact      Usually found at Start gt programs gt  Xilinx ISE gt Accessories gt impact     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 48       USB SOFTWARE                        Boundary Scan   Eile Edit View Operations Output Debug Window Help    A                          ipo GM  x    Right click device to select operations               SaBoundary Scan  2 SlaveSerial                        3              Configuration   aDirect SPI Configuration     E  SystemACE xcf32p                  a PROM File Formatter prom flp mcs      file     
169. n use to verify the hardware on the DN8000K10  as well as  to demonstrate the reference design function  The following instructions assume you have a PC  running the Windows XP operating system  The user CD includes a compiled Windows version  of the AETest program  Connect the DN8000K10 to your Windows XP computer with a USB  cable and use aetest_usb in D  Source Code USB_Software aetest_usb aeusb_wdm exe  If the  computer asks for a driver  click    Have Disk  and browse to   D  Source CodeNUSB Software  driver win_wdm dndevusb inf    Dini Group does all of its development on Windows XP    4 21 AETest on Linux or Solaris   To use the AETest application on Linux or Solaris  you must compile the source code included  on the User CD  Instructions for compiling AETest are found in Chapter USB Software    To install the AETest drivers on Linux   lt JACK gt    4 2 2 Use AETest    The AETest_usb application is compatible with other Dini Group products  and so before  displaying its main menu it displays some USB debug information     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 32       QUICK START GUIDE         C  dpalmerMKS  AEtest_usb aetest_usb aeusb_wdm exe    found device 1234 1234 DiniGroup DN688BK10 temp id    Number of devices detected  1  Compiled on  Nov 8 2005 at 13 52 28    press any key to continue        Figure 14    The AETest application then displays its main menu          C   dpalmerMKS  AEtest_usb  aetest_usb  aeusb_wdm exe         ASIC Emulator USB Controller Driver
170. n would be capable of generating     11 1  Virtex 4 LX   1513    CCLK    HSWAPEN PROGRAM_B    PWRDWN_B  DOUT_BUSY                    3 3V      R165  1K             5                       FPGA DXP A                   SMBCLK  m        SDA     gt    SMBDATA DXP 1100pF       IRQn m BAN       IRQn   lt    ALERT FPGA DXN A  TEMPA SAI Ig  MPA SA ADDO  R168      ADD1  1K R167  1K GND    GND             MAX1617A QSOP16    This            shows the       1 617 temperature monitor  The      bus is connected to the Cypress  microcontroller     5 Power    The DN8000K10 gets its power from the 12V rail on 3 EPS power connectors  P200  P201   P202      500W EPS power supply is supplied with your board     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 98       HARDWARE                        3  2  G  N  G  G  G  5  5  5  5  G       PS ON goes to P203 3    ATX_OK lights the LED DS137    The main rails of the DN8000K10 are     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com       99    HARDWARE    1 2V_0  12V 1  12V 2  12   3 12   4 12   5 L2V 0  12V 7  1 2V_8   1 2V 9  1 2V  10  12   11  12V  12  1 24 13  1 2V  14  1 2V  15  1 2   16      This is the supply rail used for the internal digital logic of Virtex 4 FPGAs   There is one dedicated power supply for each of the 16 user FPGAs  and one  for the Configuration FPGA  Separate supply rails for each FPGA provides  good isolation between FPGAs from switching noise     1 8V 0  1 8V 1     This is used for IO signaling and internal logic of DDR2  SDRAM memory  
171. ncy settings of the networks that have PLLs  See section  Hardware  Clocks for details       DN8000K10 Global Clock Setup Read  This option reads back the current clock settings     k  DN8000K10 Set N dividers  1 DN8000K10 Read    dividers  m  Set Phase Muxes        Calculate GCLK Freq s  This menu item measures and displays the clock frequencies of each of the  8 board global scope clock networks on the DN8000K10  These  measurements will differ slightly from the calculated values         DN8000K10 PCI interconnect test  This menu runs an automated connectivity test of the inter FPGA  interconnect on the DN8000K10     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 42       USB SOFTWARE    1 3 7        DN8000K10 PCI interconnect Menu  This menu is used for operating the inter FPGA interconnect  characterization test  This test is designed to operate at 350Mhz  The  following sub menu options are available   Display Registers AB     Display Registers BC     Reset TX     Reset RX     Restart test       Settings Info Menu    The Settings Info Menu has the following options     1  Set FPGA                CLK Frequency     2           When the DN8000K10 is first powered up the RocketIO Synthesizer MGTCLK inputs  to the FPGAs are inactive  unless programmed using the main txt file on a  CompactFlash card   The Epson Oscillators are active   This menu option allows the  uset to specify what frequency the RocketIO Synthesizers should supply to each FPGA   The supported frequency range is 103
172. nd which  bit files  should be used for each FPGA  The file should be in the following format   The first two characters of each line represents which FPGA you want  configured  FO     F15   this letter should be followed by a colon and then  the path to the  bit file to use for this FPGA  The path to the bit file is  relative to the directory where this setup file is  or you can use the full path   Below 15 an example of an accepted setup file           fpga_zero bit   F1     fpga_one bit   D  FPGA   Programming  Files Standard_Reference_Design LX200  fpga_F15 bit    Configure      SmartMedia  CompactFlash Card   This option causes the DN8000K10 to go through its startup sequence by  reading configuration instructions from the CompactFlash card  The  Section Hardware  Configuration  CompactFlash contains instructions for  creating a configuration CF card     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 39       USB SOFTWARE    e  Clear All FPGAs  This option will immediately un configure all FPGAs        Reset  This options sends an active low reset  active for 1ms  to all FPGAs on the  signal RESET_FPGAn  Check Appendix Pins Other for the FPGA side pin  out of these signals     1 3 5 FPGA Memory Menu   This menu contains commands designed to work with the DN8000K10 reference design  All of  the commands in this menu cause read and write instructions to happen over the reference  design   s main bus interface  Status and control registers for the reference design are all memory   
173. nector P204  will display useful information about the  Configuration process  If your Dini Group product ever fails to configure an FPGA  this is the  best place to look for diagnostic information     3 7 4 Watch startup sequence over RS232  The following is a capture from a successful configuration           RS232 Output Description of Output     FPGAS STUFFED    The MCU is pre programmed with the optional equipment that is  00 01 04 05 installed on your DN8000K10        8442 INPUT FREQUENCIES      PHO  25 0   PH1  16 0   PH2  14 318          0  25 5          1  25 0   FX1 0  25 5   FX1 1  25 0   CF CTRL               SMART MEDIA CARD DETECTED  The MCU searches the media card slots  Compact Flash  Smart Media    Reading SM info and IDE  Remove chassis CompactFlash   If a media card is plugged    into one of these slots  the Configuration circuit reads the card and     SMART MEDIA INFO     MAKER ID  EC   DEVICE ID  75 If the MCU cannot detect your SmartMedia card  make sure you have    follows the configuration commands on it     SIZE  32 MB not reformatted the card using Windows  If you need to reformat a          DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 23          QUICK START GUIDE             FILES FOUND ON SMART MEDIA CARD  FPGA_FO BIT  FPGA_F1 BIT  FPGA F4 BIT  FPGA F5 BIT  MAIN 1 TXT  MAIN                  OPTIONS     Message level set to  2  Sanity check option for bit files  ON  Setting 8442 PHO CLOCK FREQUENCY to 100    M val   0x0010 N val   0x0004  Setting 8442 PH1
174. nects to all of the control signals that configure the global clocking  network on the DN8000K10  All of these signals are either connected directly to an IO on       Config FPGA  or to an IO expansion CPLD that the Config FPGA controls over a 4 wire bus   For a description of the interface between the Config          and the CPLD IO expansion  see  the section Hardware  Clocking  Expansion CPLD     The clock control signals are           ALLCLK_SDATA  AN15  ALLCLK_SLOAD  AC19  ALLCLK_SRST  AB18  PHOCLK SCLK        1  PHO_MUXSEL0O_2 5V  AN2  PHO_MUXSEL1_2 5V  AN3  PH1CLK SCLK  AF21  PH1 MUXSELO 2 5V  AK6  PH1 MUXSEL1 2 5V  AL6  PH2CLK SCLK  AP15  PH2 MUXSELO 2 5V  AL13  PH2 MUXSEL1 2 5V  AK13         CLKO SCLK  AJ22         CLK1 SCLK  AJ21    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 69       HARDWARE          FX1 CLKO SCLK  AC15  FX1 CLK1 SCLK  AB15  REFCLK SCLK  B27  SYS CLK  M16  BREAK POINTZ  A5  Name    The following control signals are found connected to five expansion CPLDs  The interface  specification between the Configuration FPGA and the expansion CPLDs is found in the  Hardware  Configuration  Expansion CPLD section     The control signals connected to the expansion CPLDs contain power monitor signals and  daughter card clock multiplexer signals      1 2V_N_OK  These 16 signals  where N is 0 15 are outputs from the power supply  monitors  These inputs are currently ignored     2 1V_OK  This signal monitors the RocketIO  2 1V rail  It is currently ignored    2 5V_N_OK
175. next  segment  FPGA F8  F9  F10  F11 are on a segment  and FPGA F12  F13  F14  F15 are on the  last segment  All selectmap signals on a segment are point to point except for data and busy   which are bussed among the four                 The selectmap data signals can be used for the user application as interconnect  but this requires  special consideration  The signals must be tri stated until all FPGAs are done configuring  and  re configuration might be impaired     2 2 4 IDE  Remote Compact Flash        DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 65       HARDWARE    2 2 5 USB  The USB interface on      DN8000K10 is provided by the Cypress microcontroller unit  To use  USB to configure the FPGAs  see Chapter X  The USB application     USB can also be used to send information to and from your Virtex 4 user design  See Chapter  X  the USB Application     2 3        Configuration FPGA    The configuration circuitry of the DN8000K10 is built around a Xilinx LX40 FPGA  The  SelectMap interface of the user FPGAs is connected directly to the general purpose IOs of the  Config FPGA  allowing the maximum flexibility of configuration  The Config FPGA also shares  connectivity with the three user FPGAs over a 40 bit Main bus  allowing fast transfers from a  computer to the user design over USB     A powerful FPGA design comes preloaded in the Configuration FPGA allowing users full  access to these features right out of the box  For those users who need special configuration  behavior  th
176. ng the firmware  the DN8000K10 can come up in     EPROM    mode  where it loads a program capable of connecting over USB to a host   downloading firmware and writing it to the MCU flash memory  U201  The check the MCU  makes on reset to determine which mode it should start in is the firmware update switch  S1  4   This EPROM code is stored in the EPROM DIP installed in U203  When the MCU is in this  mode  it registers itself to the operating system as Vendor ID 0x1234  product ID 0x1233  For  firmware update instructions  see USB Sofware  Firmware Update  For information about the  MCU boot up sequence  see Hardware  Configuration Circuit  MCU     The source code for the MCU firmware     Flash     is provided in  D   Source Code MCU FLASH  as a Keil Studios MicroVision 2 11 project file     4 2 Configuration FPGA   The MCU unit controls all of the configuration circuits on the DN8000K10  but it does not  have sufficient IO to access all of the configuration signals  For IO expansion  the MCU   s  external memory bus is connected to a Virtex 4 LX40 FPGA  This FPGA provides a memory   mapped interface to all of its IO  This bus is called the    Config Bus        The configuration FPGA is connected to all of the configuration signals of the Virtex 4 FPGAs   the temperature sensors  status LEDs  SmartMedia card  CompactFlash card  reset buttons   Main Bus switches  RS232 ports  clock synthesizer control signals  global clock multiplexer  control signals  FPGA clock inputs  the Ma
177. ni Group   s reference Design   o Read Write to FPGA s   o Test DDRs Reigsters FPGA Interconnect Rocket IO    Before shipping a DN8000K10  the Dini Group uses this program to test all of the IO signals   memory interfaces  serial interfaces  clocks  and connectors of your board  The program is  compatible with all Dini Group products in the 5000K  6000K  7000K and 8000K series  products     USB SOFTWARE    1 1 Visual display  The main window of the Dini Group USB Controller program shows the DN8000K10  Graphic         RS232 Controls                       Menu Bar              Refresh Button          x fe Frequency Display  DN8000K10                                 FPGA DONE  LED            Log Window   Window             1 2 Log window    1 3 Menu Options   All of the menu commands available in the USB Controller program can also be set using the  CompactFlash card or RS232 interfaces  The details about the implementation of each of the  commands available is listed in the Chapter Hardware  section CompactFlash  Note that there is  a SmartMedia card interface that behaves identically to the CompactFlash interface  Both of  these interfaces are referred to in this section as    CompactFlash        1 3 1 Contextual Menu   Right click on one of the images of the FPGAs to display the FPGA contextual menu  From  this menu you can configure and clear FPGAs  The FPGA image that you click determines  which FPGA is selected     a  Configure FPGA Fy  This menu option allows you to sele
178. nly be used in a differential configuration  and cross talk between the two signals is  complementary and beneficial  On the Host  these signals are routed as 110 Ohm differential  signals  110 Ohm signaling was chosen because the Meg Array connector system in the 14mm  stack height configuration is slightly inductive  For the 35ps rise time of a Virtex 4 RocketlO  CML signal  the Meg Array connector appear very much like a 110Ohm transmission line with a  70     transmission delay  Daughter cards designed to work with                at the highest data  rates should account for this during design     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 122       HARDWARE    You may want to read the following references for designing    daughter card using 1100hm                 signals     Howard Johnson  High Speed Signal Propagation  p  315 Matching Pads  Xilinx Virtex 4 MGT Users Guide See  TXTERMTRIM    The central columns of the connector pin out use a closely coupled  differential pair pin  arrangement  which is uniformly surrounded by ground pins  These differential pins are used  for RocketIO connections on FX parts  All other signals use a    checkerboard    type of ground  arrangement  This allows the signals to be used as high speed  single ended  or as loosely  coupled differential pairs     There        two types of connectors      the DN8000K10  300 and 400 pins  The first 300 pins on  both types of connectors are identical  This should allow a 300 pin connector to be instal
179. nt  See section X  Reset Circuit for information on reset     PWR_FAULT                    R299  1 0K  RST   SYS_RSTn  7 280     8300  71 5                                   1387                                              CFG DONE 0 2  E AT i                                     9205 74LVCiGO7    Reset set to 1505    There are fuses on the power supplies     5 2 Secondary Power Supplies    The secondary power supplies are derived from a primary supply     5 2 1 DDR2 Termination Power    DDR2 memory modules use      SSTL18 signaling standard  Properly terminating SSTL18  requires a termination power supply of 0 9V  Since as much as 1 6 Amps of termination current  are needed  a switching power supply is required     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 102       HARDWARE    DDR Switching Power Supply VTT   0 9V   3A     3 3V    C980 C967 C981   100uF   DNI   100uF   DNI  100uF  10v 10V 10V                                                                                                         TANT TANT     09   AVCC IN     R328 1008    1 8V      C988 C982    oF          2b 100uF          uao 10         le   1 8  16 1       10         R325 71 Cose ANE                       1K 1     0       15        F2                        3           PVDD2 DIMM VTT  VREF IN  31  oneri i    E  C957 R326  3 3     27 10K 0 9V SHDN 12   3     LDIMM VIT AA DIMM                     1K 1  SHDN vee    0998  558   0994  0 9VFB 10        3 3uH  gt  150uF  5  150uF 0 1uF          63V               C9
180. ntroller software  The test writes a test pattern to the  output register of a selected FPGA and a selected bus  enables the output  and reads back the  connected register on the connected FPGA  The test then alters the bit pattern and repeats     The memory test portion of the Main_test reference design is implemented by mapping the  DDR2 memory in the DIMM interfaces to the MainBus interface  This allows software on the  host computer to read and write test patterns to the memory during the hardware test     This portion of the test can be enabled in the source code by setting    define  INCLUDE_DDR2  The memory controller is based on the DDR2 controller generate using  the Xilinx memgen Verilog generator  The memory controller from Xilinx was modified to  extend the bus width to 64 bits  adaptive clock phase alignment was added  and the clock  structure was changed to fit within the clock resources on the DN8000K10  The contents of the  DDR2 SODIMM memoty interface is memory mapped to the main bus interface  See Address  Maps for the location of the DDR2 memory interface in the Main Bus  Since the maximum  address space of the memory is far greater than the memory space on the Main Bus  an address  extension register  REG  DDR2HIADDR  is accessible from the Main bus  see Address Maps   that contains the upper bits of address used for all accesses to DDR memory  The  REG  HIADDRSIZE register contains the number of bits in REG  DDR2HIADDR that are  physically present  For th
181. nual  FPGA pin list in excel format    Datasheets for all parts on the DN8000K10    Board Schematic PDF    USB controller program  usbcontroller exe     QUICK START GUIDE      Reference design driver program  Aetest_usb exe     Source code for USB controller program  DN8000K10 firmware  USB drivers    2 ESD Warning    The DN8000K10 is sensitive to static electricity  so treat the PCB accordingly  The target  market for this product are engineers that are familiar with FPGAs and circuit boards  However   if needed  the following web page has an excellent tutorial on the    Fundamentals of ESD    for  those of you who are new to ESD sensitive products     http   www esda ore basics part1 cfm    The DN8000K10 is shipped in a metal carrier case designed to protect the board from physical  and electrical damage  When you handle the DN8000K10  contact the handles of the carrier to  ground yourself before touching the PWB     The 300 and 400 pin connectors are not 5V tolerant  According to the Virtex 4 datasheets  the  maximum applied voltage to these signals is VCCO   0 5V  3 0V while powered on   On the  DNS8000K10  FPGA IO signals directly drive connectors and other exposed nets on the PWB   Be especially careful when working with cables and connectors     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 17       QUICK START GUIDE    3 Power On Instructions  In the following sections  you will need to know the location of the following DN8000K10    features                    _  3         
182. o interface to a  specific physical standard  the easiest way is to buy an SFP or XFP module that supports that  standard        The optical module interfaces contain a high speed connector and a metal EMI and mechanical  cage  Each connector has one transmit and one receive differential signal  4 wires   and some  low speed support signals     10 5 3 SFP  SFP modules are available supporting 1 4 5Gbs serial transmission rates     Two red LEDs show the status of the channel  The RXLOS LED indicates the loss of signal in  the SFF specification  The TXFAULT LED indicates a transmission laser failure  or an  unsecured module     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 150       RXPPADA 105                   105    TXPPADA 105  TXNPADA 105    TXPPADB 105  TXNPADB 105    RXPPADB 105  RXNPADB 105      105  5  105  5    GNDA 10     GNDA 10    ap ONDA 10   GNDA    AN   AN       2    HARDWARE                                                                                                                                                  VCCR_SFP1  VCCT_SFP1          _      1  SFP1 Connector E  C332  0 01uF R141  AF34 J8 1K R220  AG34 C1050 TOP BOTTOM 1K   0 01uF           20 1 R144  C333 CSFP1 TxDn                   S   HK SFP1_TxFAULT  0 01uF             TxDp TD  TxFAULT  73          TxDIS      TD  TxDISABLE   4 SEPT MOD DEFZ SFP1_TxDIS  AJ34 SFP1_TxDn C1051 VCCT_SFP1 Weer        5 I                          SFP1_MOD DEF2  AK34 SFPT_TxDp  OJO1uF   OPT           MOD DEF 0  5 1 E 1 MOD DE
183. oco                           0                                       Each FPGA has    dedicated 1 2V switching power supply module associated with it  Each  group of 4 FPGAs has a 2 5V switching power supply associated with it  The configuration    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 107       HARDWARE       FPGA also receives 2 5V power from one of these four 2 5V supplies  FPGAs   1 and F2 share  one 1 8V power supply and FPGAs F13 and F14 share one 1 8V switching power supply  The  few devices on the board that require 5 0V or 12V power receive this power directly from the  EPS power supply connector     Power for the RocketlO MGT power input pins is derived from a 2 1V switching power supply  module  More details on the MGT power system can be found in the section Hardware  MGT  Serial Resources  MGT Power    5 3 1 Bypassing  The power supply bypassing on the DN8000K10 on each of the 1 2V internal rails is sufficient  for a fully loaded FPGA design to operate at 500Mhz     The 2 5V power rails have sufficient bypassing for all inter FPGA and daughter card signals to  be switching simultaneously using the LVDS standard at 500Mhz     The 1 8V rails have sufficient bypassing for each FPGA bank operating at 1 8V to use the  maximum allowed number of IOs using SSTL18 I operating at 350    2  See the        4 User  Guide for SSO restrictions     12V and 5V have no high speed circuitry attached     5 3 2 VCCAUX   The FPGA VCCAUX power pins are each supplied by the 2 5V rail 
184. olled LED from FPGA F14  DS124 F14 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F14  DS125 F15 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F15  DS126 F15 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F15  DS127 F15 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F15  DS128 F15 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F15  DS34 F2 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F2  DS35 F2 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F2  DS36 F2 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F2  DS37 F2 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F2  DS38 F3 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F3  DS39 F3 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F3  DS40 F3 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F3  DS41 F3 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F3  DS63 F4 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F4  DS64 F4 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F4  DS65 F4 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F4  DS66 F4 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F4  DS67 F5 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F5  DS68 F5 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F5  DS69 F5 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F5  DS70 F5 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F5  DS71 F6 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F6  DS72 F6 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F6  DS73 F6 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F6  DS74 F6 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F6  DS76 F7 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F7  DS77 F7 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F7  DS78 F7 LED2 GREEN User contr
185. olled LED from FPGA F7  DS79 F7 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F7  DS88 F8 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F8  DS89 F8 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F8  DS90 F8 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F8  DS91 F8 LED3 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F8  DS92 F9 LEDO GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F9  DS93 F9 LED1 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F9  DS94 F9 LED2 GREEN User controlled LED from FPGA F9    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 131       HARDWARE    DS95  DS108    DS47    DS48    DS54    DS55    DS24    DS44    DS135    DS136    DS131    DS132    DS138    DS145  DS18  DS19  DS20  0521  052  053  054  055  056  057  058  059  0510  0511  0512  0513  0514  0515  0516  0517  0546  0552  0553  0551    F9 LED3  FPGA DONE                   QSFPO FAULT         QSFPO LOS         QSFP1 FAULT           QSFP1 LOS    GREEN  GREEN  RED    RED    RED    RED                    QXFP1 LO RED    S           XFP1 QXFP1 LO RED    S   FX1 QSFPO FAULT  FX1 QSFPO LOS  FX1 QSFP1 FAULT    FX1 QSFP1 LOS    RED    RED    RED    RED    FX1 XFPO QXFP1 LO RED    S    FX1 XFP1 QXFP1 LO RED    S   QCFG SLEDO  QCFG  SLED1           SLED2  QCFG SLED3  Q CLEDO      CLED1   Q CLED2   Q CLED3  Q_CLED4      CLED5   Q CLED6   Q CLED7   Q CLED8   Q CLED9   Q CLED10      CLED11   Q CLED12   Q CLED13      CLED14   Q CLED15   Q F0 DONE  Q F1 DONE  Q F2 DONE  Q F3 DONE    DN8000K10 User Guide    GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN  GREEN
186. ompiled form for FPGAs FO and F12  the only  FPGAs on the DN8000K10 with                circuits  The RocketIOtest_v4 reference design  sends a test pattern  either semi random  1010  worst case  or user specified of the RocketIO  outputs on the device  and tests the                input for that same pattern  The number of  successful and failed    frames    of transferred data are counted and stored in the FRAMCNT and  ERRCNT registers          Address Maps  These registers        64 bits wide  and therefore have two  addresses each on the Main Bus  The AETEST_WDM program polls and displays the value of  these registers  For a functional link  FRAMECNT should be increasing and ERRCNT should  be static  ERRCNT may be small non zero because it counts errors that occur immediately after  MGT reset         In order to achieve a loop back link  a loop back cable needs to be installed on each of the MGT  connectors  Loop back cable for        and SFP modules        be found at www fiberdyne com   Samtec QSE loop back cables are not available  although a QTE connector can be easily  modified into a bit inverting loop back  Standard SMA cables can be used to loop back the  SMA connectors  The daughter card MGT connections can be looped back using the Standard  Dini Group DNMEG 300 daughter card  See Ordering Information  Optional Equipment   Internal  loop back can be enabled for        using the LOOPBACK register            srp  SAMTEC         DaughterCard    5   MegArray         
187. on causes the 16 Virtex 4 FPGAs to receive the FPGA_RESETn signal  active  low   This is the signal that the reference design uses to reset its internal logic     CompactFlash slot       If you have the DN8000K10 installed in the DN8000K10 Chassis  you can also use the front  panel buttons to the same effect     6 Moving On    Congratulations  You have just configured FPGAs on the DN8000K10 and used all of the  configuration control interfaces that you must know to start your emulation project  You should  use Appendix PINS to create your design constraint       files  or you can just use the  ucf files  that were included as part of the reference design  All of the source code for the reference  design in Verilog is included on the provided CD     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 36       Chapter    Controller Software    1 USB Controller  USB Controller application is used to communicate with the DN8000K10     All USB Controller source code is included on the CD ROM shipped with the DN8000K10   The USB Controller can be installed on Windows 2000 3 XP  Linux and Solaris users must  use the command line interface version  AEtest_usb     The USB Controller Application contains the following functionality      Verify Configuration Status  o Configure FPGA s  over USB  o Configure FPGAs      SmartMedia card  o Clear FPGA s   o Reset FPGA s   o Set Global clocks frequency     Set RocketlO CLK Frequency  o Update MCU FLASH firmware  The following are designed to work with Di
188. ot configure properly  check the  configuration circuitry   s              status lights  These are red LEDs  DS81 DS82  0583 0584  are located near the USB connector  If there has been an error   these four LEDs blink  indicating in binary the number of the FPGA that  caused the failure  If there has been no             there should be two LEDs on and  two off  If there was an error  the easiest way to determine the cause of the  error is to connect a terminal to the RS232 serial    MCU    port  P204  and try to  configure again  Configuration feedback will be presented over this port     A complete listing of LEDs and their function is found in Chapter Hardware  Test points   LEDs and Connectors    4 Using the USB Controller program    To change settings of the DN8000K10  or to communicate with the reference design  or user  design   you can use the provided USB Controller program     Like the RS232 interface  the USB interfaces allow configuration of the FPGAs  changing clock  and other settings  The USB program can also be used to transfer data to and from the User  design at high speed     This section will get you started with the provided software  For detailed information about the    reference design and its USB interface  see Reference Design  For detailed information about how  the USB program operates and USB drivers  see chapter Controller Software    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 29       QUICK START GUIDE    4 1 Operating the USB controller program  Us
189. ot desired  set this  number to 0     DCGCLKO can be sourced from        or          DCGCLK1 can be sourced from DC2 or          DCGCLK2 can be sourced from DC5 or DC6   DCGCLK3 can be sourced from         or DC8           PH lt phase  2   n      number   Divide             The    Divide    clock specified by   phase number  will be set to 2 to the  power of  lt n gt   The    PHO    divide clock feeds global clock GCLKO0  PH1  feeds GCLK1  and PH2 feeds GCLK2  The global clock networks are  only supplied with this divided clock when the clock source is set to DIV   Otherwise  this setting will have no effect        An example main txt file     DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com 62          HARDWARE    FPGA Fl  F1 file bit     this will load the configuration Fl file bit into FPGA FO  8442 PHO FREQUENCY  65Mhz   GCLKO SELECT  8442      This will cause Aclk frequency to be      25 10 250   4   62 5Mhz    Even if you are planning to configure your Virtex 4 FPGAs using the USB interface  you may  want to leave a CompactFlash card in the socket to automatically program your global and  MGT clock settings   Clocks may also be programmed using the provided USB application  or  over the MCU RS232 terminal      2 2 2  Jtag   Jtag is the only configuration method on the DN8000K10 that does not use the Virtex 4  SelectMap configuration interface  When programming the user FPGAs over a JTAG cable  plugged into J13  the DN8000K10 configuration circuitry is not used     JTAG is a re
190. ower supply s on off switch to  control the DN8000K10 power  When using the supplied EPS power supply without the    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 22       QUICK START GUIDE    chassis  the DN8000K10 is always powered on as long as a jumper is installed on P203  Use a  wall switch or install a toggle switch on the power supply to control power     When the DN8000K10 powers on  it automatically loads Xilinx FPGA design files  ending with  a  bit extension   found on the CompactFlash card in the CompactFlash slot into the FPGAs   See Hardware  Configuration for a detailed description of the boot up process     3 6 Check Power indicator LEDs   The DN8000K10 monitors all power rails on the board for under voltage  If any of the power  supplies are not above their threshold voltages  then the board will be held in reset  Each power  rail has a green LED indicator next to the power supply generating that voltage  If your board is  held in reset  check these LEDs to see which power supply is failing  A complete list of LEDs  on the DN8000K10 is listed in the Hardware  LEDs section     If your board is being held in reset  a ref LED  DS 17 will flash  This LED is located near the  upper right hand side of the board     3 7 View configuration feedback over RS232   As the DN8000K10 powers on and the configuration circuitry reads configuration instructions  from the CompactFlash card  your RS232 terminal  connected to the serial connector on the  Chassis  or directly to the con
191. piling the Reference Design  Windows    This section deals with the source code to the Reference Design  which can be found on the  CD ROM  All file references are with respect to the root directory of the Reference Design  soutce code   Source Code FPGAcode   Files that are specific to the DN8000K10 design are  found in the DN8000K10 subdirectory  whereas general application code is found in the  common subdirectory     1 3 1 Modify Source  Copy the FPGAcode directory structure to your hard drive working directory  The Xilinx tools  will not allow spaces in the path to your working directory     Open the top level source file  fpga v  There are several defined parameters in the top level  design file that can be used to change the features included in the compiled design  Each  possible define statement is in the fpga v file and commented out     You should uncomment ONE of the following lines  This line ensures the correct external  interfaces are implemented for the FPGA you wish to compile       define          F0      define FPGA F1     define FPGA F2      define FPGA F4    You should leave the following line uncommented  This define is used by Dini Group for  testing      define BOARD  DN8000K10    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 174       REFERENCE DESIGN    You may uncomment one of the following lines  The INTERCON_SINGLE define enables  single ended testing of the inter fpga interconnects  INTERCON_LVDS_DIR_ABC and  INTERCON_LVDS_DIR_CBA ate used to test high 
192. pin connectors on the right side of the  array  Two additional 300 pin connectors are used on the right side of the array on the corner  FPGAs  One  300 pin connector is used in the configuration section  Each of the daughter card  headers is arranged in    Banks     correlating to the banks of IO on the Virtex 4 FPGA  Each 300   pin connector contains two full banks of IO  62 signals  including the special purpose CC  and  VREF pins  Each 400 pin connector contains 3 full Virtex 4 IO banks of 62 signals each     Other connections on the daughter card connector system include three dedicated  differential  clock connections for inputting global clocks from an external source  power connections  bank    VCCO power  a buffered power on reset signal  and 10Gbs RocketIO signals     The total general purpose IO signal count on the expansion system accessible from the array of  16 user FPGAs is 1240 signals arranged in 20 banks     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 118       HARDWARE    8 1 Daughter card Physical   The connectors used in the expansion system are        MEG Array 300 pin plug  6mm  part   84578 102               MEG Array 400 pin plug  6mm  part  84520 102  This connector is  capable of as much as 10Gbs transmission rates using differential signaling     All daughter card expansion headers on the DN8000K10 are located on the bottom side of the  PWB  This is done to eliminate the need for resolving board to board clearance issues  assuming  the daughter card use
193. quencies  Select from  the menu bar   Setting and Info  gt Read Clock Frequencies    The message window should print frequencies for the four global clocks  GCLKO     GCLK1  GCLK2  and REFCLK  the daughter card sourced global clocks                  DC2  DC3     00K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 31       QUICK START GUIDE    2  Set GCLK2 to 50Mhz  From the menu  select  Settings and Info  gt Set Global Clock Frequency  From the dialog box  select GCLK2  and type in 48 in the frequency box     The USB controller program will calculate the PLL settings required to obtain the  closest achievable frequency to 48Mhz using the clocking resources available     3  Reset the reference design  Since we have changed settings  we should send a logic reset  to the FPGA designs  You can do this from the USB Controller program  From the  menu  select  FPGA Configuration  gt Reset Logic  This menu option will assert the RESET_FPGA  signal to each FPGA  See the   Appendix Pins Other for the connection of this signal     Mote details about each available function of the USB Controller software is found in the USB  Software Chapter     4 2 Using AETEST to run hardware tests    In addition to the Windows GUI application  the Dini Group provides a command line  interface program that provides the same functions  If you will be using Linux or if you plan to  wtite your own USB software driver  you will be using the source code for this program as a  reference     AETest is the program that you ca
194. r Guide    www dinigroup com       167    Chapter    The Reference Design    This chapter introdu  s the DINSO00K10 Reference Design  nduding information on  what the reference design does  how to build zt from the soune files and how to modif tt for  another application    1 Exploring the Reference Design    1 1 What is the Reference Design   The reference design is a fully functional Virtex 4 FPGA design capable of demonstrating most  of the features available on the DN8000K10  Features exercised      the reference design  include    e Access to the DDR2 modules at 200MHz   e Interaction with the Configuration FPGA and MCU   e Interact with external USB interface   e Access to external LEDs   e Implement 2 5Gbs Rocket I O Transceivers   e Test daughtercard headers for connectivity       RS232 Communication      Pin multiplexed FPGA interconnect using LVDS at 700Mbs per signal pair      Low speed FPGA interconnect conectivity test    All source code for the FPGA reference design is included on the user CD and may be used  freely in customer development  Precompiled configuration streams       files  for your board  are included can be used to verify board functionality before beginning development  A build  script  described in the section Compiling the Reference Design can be used to generate new  bit files     The Directory Structure of the User CD is as follows     REFERENCE DESIGN     Source Code   USB Software           MCU   FPGACode    RocketIO  iss   DN8000K10  Jess 
195. raint file against the schematic or the Dini Group supplied USF  files  Common pin assignment mistakes are with the daughter card headers     Check the place and route   PAR  report file to make sure that 100  of the IOBs you used have  LOC constraints  Even if one IOB is not constrained  it could be placed in a location that causes  other problems with the board or your design     Read the        report to make sure your constraints were applied correctly     For problems with the Main Bus  make sure that none of the other FPGAs are driving those  MB pins     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 192       REFERENCE DESIGN    Make sure tri state signals with pull ups are driven before they are released  The timing in  simulation will be different than in operation     Pack all IOs in        registers  The compiler hint to do this in XST is   synthesis  xc props   IOB true      Check the map report  mrp  and check        IO packed in          This should be 100   Sometimes the place and route tool removes registers from the IO block  to meet timing constraints  This can be stopped by adding clock to out and clock to in  constraints  See Xilinx documentation for the OFFSET constraint     Make sure that the  Unused IOBs  option in the ISE bitgen settings is set to  Float   If it is set  to  Pull down   then be aware that FPGAs are driving any pin that is not assigned in the source  code     5 1 2 XST is giving errors because it cannot find virtex4 v or resync v  Add the line  
196. registers accessible through the  Main Bus interface for testing inter FPGA interconnect at low speed     The RocketlIO test files are only supplied for FPGA      and F12  the Virtex 4 FX parts  These  designs send a test pattern out each RocketIO channel and compare transmitted data to received  data  To use this test  you must connect each RocketIO channel with an external loop back     The LVDS reference design is designed to run the inter FPGA interconnect at 350Mhz  double   data rate  Each output sends a test pattern out and each input checks its received data against the  expected test pattern     For technical information on the reference design s implementation of the Main Bus interface   see Reference Design  Address Maps  For more information about how the USB Controller program  interacts with the reference design  see USB Software  Programmers Guide     1 2 2 Load FPGAs with the reference design   Either compile the reference design following the steps provided in Compiling the reference design  ot  copy the compiled reference design provided on the user CD to a compact flash card  following  the steps given in Quick Start Guide     Turn on the DN8000K10 and allow the configuration circuitry to load the configuration  streams into all 16 FPGAs     1 2 3        the AETest program  The compiled windows version of AE Test usb is provided on the user CD  For Linux and  Solaris users  follow the instructions in USB Software  Compiling AETEST     Since there are three 
197. rface mount crystals   Suitable custom crystals can be found at gedlm com    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 88       HARDWARE                                                                               DCLK  generator  C341 iBpF   R181 ii  100R 20      us 14        24 14 DCLKp 16 Qo  18            SH    bers                FouTO His DOR 724 CLK        DCLKAn    16 0MHz FOUTO nCLK 12 DOLKB  0466 18pF  25                   pr 4 XTAL2 FOuTi H2   X nat DCLKBn           0                  DCLKC  E  e  Mo 9 DCLKTEST      Ho        S  DCLKC       TEST 1 22        DCLKGn         o o     3H            7   0            2   5  ea i  3 3V ali To         2   0    4          is naa H   n FPGAs  5 Nc E   x 29  Vad     x    H    17  vdd as  5   0       ps Vdd     nos 2   0       23                 d 18      2   2                    1   0  33 R179 pa 1   22                er    BND m  x4 veo           a7 25 0  18 21    apu  DCLK SCLK 18                    Fo                    ALLCLK SDATA  28   SDATA    ALLCLK SLOAD         58  SLOAD  8330          PLOAD  ALLCLK sast   gt     12   agp             124      veo Hjo  GND vec   8 3     5  44                    Each global clock is delivered to the FPGA as an LVDS  differential clock         IO input on this  clock should be configured as a differential clock input  the IBUFGDS primitive      The example below shows the Verilog instantiation of this module  using the ACLK signal     Wire aclk_ibufds   IBUFGDS ACLK_IBUFG   O aclk_ibufg  
198. roup com 55          USB SOFTWARE    4 4 2 Configuration    To access the 16 FPGA configuration interface  SelectMap   a USB interface is provided using  Vendor Requests and bulk transfers  The basic configuration process is as follows     USB Controller sends VR  SETUP CONFIG  see Vendor Requests  with data representing  which FPGA to configure   FO is 0x01  F1 is 0x02  F2 is 0  03        MCU on receiving this vendor request sets the PROG signal of the selected FPGA  This resets  the FPGA and clears any configuration data it may already have  This Vendor request also  selects the FPGA  so that SelectMap bus activity only affects the selected FPGA  Bulk transfers  initiated after this command are interpreted as SelectMap transfers  rather than Main Bus  transfers   See Main Bus access above   This will be so until vendor request VR SETUP  END is  called     USB Controller sends a bulk write USB request to EP2  Each byte of data in the bulk write is  sent to the selected FPGA over the SelectMap bus  and the FPGA signal CCLK is pulsed once  for each byte of data sent  For more on the SelectMap interface  see Hardware  Configuration   SelectMap  Note that the LSBit in the USB transaction is sent to the LSBit in the SelectMap  interface  so bit swapping as described in the          4 Configuration Guide UGO77 is not  required  A standard  bit file from Xilinx bitgen can be transferred in binary over this USB  interface to correctly configure an FPGA on the DN8000K10     Unless th
199. rs Guide  UG076   The DRP registers that need to be adjusted are TXPRE  TX  TXPOST    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 193       REFERENCE DESIGN    5 1 7 There is a lot of deterministic jitter  DJ  on my RocketlO clock signals   Estimate the deterministic jitter on your clock by sending    101010 pattern over a RocketIO TX  pin  or using an active probe directly on the outputs of the RocketlO differential oscillator   Routing clocks through FPGA fabric or using a non MGT clock input will cause a large duty  cycle distortion     5 1 8      design works correctly in all the FPGAs except for one  Make sure you are meeting all your design constraints  A marginal timing margin will work in  most FPGAs  but not all     5 1 9  RocketlO is getting a high bit error rate  5 1 10 RocketlO is not working    5 2 Common Questions   5 2 1 Where are all of the debug pins   DNMEG 300 and DNMEG 400 daughter cards for debug access are available from Dini  Group for a nominal fee     5 2 2 Where        get the daughter card connectors   Dini Group can supply these in small quantity at cost     5 2 3          use two Dini Products at the same time    The USB utility  AETest usb can select among any number of Dini Group products at once   You must run a separate copy of AETest for each board  There is a menu option  change  current device   that lets you switch to another installed device     The feature will be added to USB Controller soon  Contact support dinigroup com for  requests      
200. rwritten using this menu option if you  have removed these crystals and replaced them with a different frequency  crystal         FPGA stuffing information  The DN8000K10 firmware comes pre programmed with information  about the optional equipment that is installed on your board  This menu  item reads back that information and displays it     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 41       USB SOFTWARE    d  Turn Fans On Off  The fans on      DN8000K10 cannot be turned off  This menu item cannot    be enabled        MCU firmware version  This menu item reads back the firmware version of the MCU to help the  Dini Group debugging    f  Spartan version    This menu item reads back the firmware version of the Configuration  FPGA to aid the Dini Group debugging     g  DN8000K10 MB Switch Setup  This menu item allows the user to change the MB80B and MB64B bus  switch settings  These busses can be used as global interconnect between all  16 FPGAs  or they can be disconnected by selecting MB Switch settings to  form lower fan out regional busses  This selection can be made with a byte   wide resolution  For a description of      MB80B and MB64B busses  see  Chapter Harware  Interconnect  Main Bus     h  DN8000K10 MB Switch Read  This menu item displays the current state of the MB switches     1  DN8000K10 Global Clock Synth  Setup  This menu item allows the user to select the source of the 8 board global  scope clock networks on the DN8000K10  The user can also change the  PLL freque
201. s  un initialized bit files        bmm files must  exist in out directory    A synthesize  implement  and update for        FO   B synthesize  implement  and update for fpga F1      synthesize  implement  and update for fpga F2   etc      synthisize a synthesize for fpga        synthisize b synthesize for fpga F1   synthisize c synthesize for fpga F2   etc      implement a  implement for fpga FO   implement_b  implement for fpga   1   implement_c  implement for fpga F2   etc      CBA   ABC   SINGLE    Outputs are generated and placed in a new directory  out   During the place and route step   Xilinx ISE produces output files  These are placed in the  ise  directory     To use Make bat effectively  you need to use command line parameters  You can run a  command line program from Windows explorer with command line options by making a  shortcut to the Make bat file  then right click and select properties  In the Target text input form   you can add command line parameters     The reference design must support any subset of the 16 Virtex 4 FPGAs in any combination of  LX100  LX160  and LX200 sizes  Compiler constants ate used to include exclude code   including sections specific to certain FPGAs  sections specific to memory controllers  or may    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 176       REFERENCE DESIGN    switch between the LX100 and LX200 part  There are four places where changes must be made  to source and project settings to get the desired configuration     1 XST syn
202. s 5 0503 Yn 4            out   4 Secale     EG 2101CA   250Mhz    gt  R426 R427 U10 17  88 7R 88 7R  C1053  0 01uF      29  t MGTCLK P 105           MGTCLK_N_105  C1054  R428 R429 0 01uF  49 9R 49 9R   Virtex 4 FX   1152                       Each FPGA has two Epson 2101CA SAW oscillators connected directly to a MGT clock input  on each column of the Virtex 4     10 3 5        REFCLK          modules may require    low jitter clock at a frequency 1 64 of the data rate  The only clock  source on the DN8000K10 capable of meeting these requirements are the MGT outputs  You  should use the same transmit clock as you are using for the XFP data MGT  Set the output data  pattern such that it becomes a clock at 1 64 of the XFP bit rate  See Xilinx publication  XAPP656     J272  J273           J274  275   FX1    LVPECL see schematic to change to LVDS   10 4 MGT Power network    The RocketlIO strict power supply constraints require the use of heavy power supply isolation   The                three power rails are each generated by a linear voltage regulator  The 1 2V    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 143       HARDWARE    MGT analog and digital supply voltages and the 1 5V termination supply are isolated from the  high frequency digital noise produced by the 16 FPGAs in      DN8000K10 array section     Each MGT power supply input pin is further protected from switching noise and supply current  variation by a passive power filter network               Power Supply  filter      
203. s no large components on the backside  Since the DN8000K10 comes in     metal carrier  it can be operate upside down to allow access to backside mounted expansion  cards     The    Plug    of the system is located on the DN8000K10  and the    receptacle    is located on the  expansion board  This selection was made to give a greater height selection to the daughter card  designer     8 1 1 Daughter Card Locations   The Triton board mounts four  300 pin connectors on the left side of the array  and four 400   pin connectors on the right side of the array  Two additional 300 pin connectors are used on  the right side of the array on the corner FPGAs  One  300 pin connector is used in the  configuration section     The drawing below shows a rough location of each daughter card header and it   s associated  FPGA number                                 o     4  2         A   ae       2   3   A       e      Ls   s  OR                    S 2  3    gt    9  BE                5 e  EE 15 5  a DC9  2           This view of the DN8000K10 daughter card locations is from      top of the PCB  looking  through to the bottom side  The number in parenthesis indicates the number of    Banks     connected to each expansion header  For physical information for planning an expansion  system  see Appendix  Assembly    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 119       HARDWARE    Every Dini Group product with a MegArray 300 or 400 pin daughter card connector has a  standard mounting point position to 
204. s of CLK48   Ox OE REG  CLOCKCOUNT GCLK1 This register contains the maximum value of a  counter clocked from GCLK1  The counter is reset  every 0x1000 clock cycles of CLK48   Ox OF REG_CLOCKCOUNT_GCLK2 This register contains the maximum value of a  counter clocked from GCLK2  The counter is reset  every 0x1000 clock cycles of CLK48   Ox 10 REG  CLOCKCOUNT GCLK3 This register contains the maximum value of a  counter clocked from REFCLK  The counter is reset  every 0x1000 clock cycles of CLK48   Ox 11 REG  CLOCKCOUNT           Ox 12        CLOCKCOUNT  GCB   Ox 13        CLOCKCOUNT           Ox 14 REG  CLOCKCOUNT MBCLK                         4 3 Vendor Request List       The USB Program is updated constantly to add compatibility to new products and to add  features  There may be changes to the application after this manual is printed that affect this    section     The following table describes the USB interface presented to the host by the MCU  microcontroller  The USB Device identification numbers are Vendor  0x1234  Device  0x1234                                                                                                                             Vendor Request Name ID Code Description   VR  UPLOAD       0 Does nothing      DN8000K10   VR_DOWNLOAD 0  40 Downloads data to the Cypress EPROM       to RAM   VR_ANCHOR_DLD       0                     Oxa2 Loads  uploads  EEPROM   VR RAM Oxa3 Loads  uploads  external ram   VR_SETI2CADDR Oxa4   VR         2                  5 
205. s synchronized to the  24Mhz MCU  CLK  X2   For information regarding the timing of transactions on this bus  see  the Cypress CY7C68013 user manual                     480    2   48Mhz  PLL              Spartan 2    Memory  Mapped 10    Main Bus  SYS_CLK    FPGA A                 FPGA       The following registers implemented in the Configuration FPGA are accessible as part of the  MCU s XDATA addtess space                          Register Name XDATA   Description  Address  DATA DFO00 Used when reading from SM but not configuring  COMMAND DF01 Commands for the SM  ROW_LADDR DF02 Holds lower 8 bits of SM address  ROW HADDR DF03 Holds upper 8 bits of SM address  ROW XADDR DF04 Holds extra bits of SM address             DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 79          HARDWARE                                                                                                                                        NUM_BYTES_0 DF05 Holds lower 8 bits of the number of bytes to read  NUM BYTES 1 DF06 Holds upper bits of number of bytes to read in  BITS 1 DF07 BIT7  mcu          config rd BIT6         5 2 DF08       4  FPGA_DONE BIT3 CPLD_idle BIT2   SM_SIGNALS DF09   MCU_XADDR DFOA   Address register for upper FLASH SRAM bits  MCU_CNTL DFOB Addtess register for upper FLASH SRAM bits  FPGA  SELECT DFOC FPGA select 5 0    bits 5 0   PPC RS232 ABSELECT DFOD Does nothing on the DN8000k10   PPC RS232 CDSELECT DFOE Does nothing on the DN8000K10  FPGA_CNTRL DFOF bits 1 0    01  write addre
206. se their own logic for data transfer   however GPIF is the most powerful and fastest way for communicate with the external world  for            Following is 2 different data transfer processes through GPIF     3     Reading data with GPIF FIFO read transitions    a  User mode application sends a GPIF FIFO read request to the firmware with bulk data  transfer request    b  Firmware should have the ability to start GPIF for FIFO read  starting the transition   checking the ready signals if available  checking the amount of data retrieved  ending a request  either with error or with some data and so       If so  firmware reads data from the external  component if the ready signal s  requirement is met and GPIF internal FIFOs are not full   regardless of the user request  For doing this  GPIF toggles FIFO read signal  Togeling depends  on the GPIF waveform programmed  Notice that FIFO operations do not use addressing    c  External component connected to the GPIF replies read requests and puts data on the data  bus sequentially  GPIF also takes this data and puts it into its internal FIFOs    d  Firmware replies to the user mode request if there is data to be sent in the GPIF FIFOs   Some firmwares have the ability to skip a request and return with 0 byte or less than the required  amount of data     4     Writing data with GPIF FIFO write transitions    a  User mode application sends a GPIF FIFO write request to the firmware with bulk data  transfer request    b  Firmware shoul
207. sembly drawing has  also been provided to help you find probe points on the DN8000K10  See Appendix Assembly     2 Configuration Circuit    2 1 Overview   The primary purpose of the configuration circuit on the DN8000K10 is to allow the user to  configure the 16 Virtex 4 FPGAs using USB  JTAG  or automatically using a CompactFlash  card  Secondary functions of the configuration circuit are to provide a USB interface to the user  design  provide automatic configuration of the boards flexible clock sources  monitor power and  temperature     The circuit is designed to provide an easy configuration solution that will work out of the box  for most users  For special configuration requirements  the configuration circuitry is  programmable  The Verilog code for the configuration FPGA and the C code for the  microcontroller are both provided on the reference CD  This is provided for information only     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 58       HARDWARE    and any development work on these parts of the board should be done with the help of the  Dini Group     2 2 Configuration Options  The DN8000K10 allows the user to select from three FPGA configuration methods     When a Virtex 4 FPGA is configured  the DONE pin on the FPGA is pulled high  The  DN8000K10 has a green LED on each FPGA DONE pin to indicate the configuration status  of each Virtex 4 FPGA  and on the configuration FPGA      3 3V  9    8169  120R    RFPGAA DONE             FPGA DONE A  Pgii    2 2 1   CompactFlash
208. ser Guide www dinigroup com 87       HARDWARE           GCLKO  GCLK1        GCLK2 networks are sourced      a multiplexer allowing the user to  select from the ISC8442 clock synthesizer  SMA inputs and the Configuration FPGA   The  outputs of the multiplexers are buffered 1 18 to each of the 16 Virtex 4 FPGAs  into the  Configuration FPGA  and to a differential testpoint located near the center of the DN8000K10   labeled    PHO                and    PH2      The arrival of the clocks at each of these destinations of  synchronized     3 1 1 ICS 8442 Phases  The synthesizers are called PHO  PH1  and PH2       MR  FOUTO  nFOUTO  FOUTI  nFOUT1    CONFIGURATION  S CLOCK     INTERFACE    TEST  nP_LOAD LOGIC                            Each ICS8442 has an internal multiplication PLL that can operate between 250 and 700 MHz   With 1  2  4  or 8x division on the output  the possible output frequencies are 31 25     700Mhz   Only 500Mhz output frequencies are allowed by the software  because Virtex 4 FPGAs cannot  accept a faster clock on the            pins to which the global clock networks are connected           The synthesizers are always configured in serial mode  The Serial configuration bus of the  ICS8442 is connected to the Cypress MCU GPIF pins and controlled through software  The  TEST output is in    FOUT    mode and connected to a test point labeled                         PH1CLK    or    PH2CLK        The crystal inputs are parallel resonant  fundamental mode  HC49 UP  su
209. set threshold of 80  C  The Xilinx datasheets shows a maximum    recommended operating temperature of 85  C  but the default is 80  C to warn the user of the  approaching problem  The threshold can be changed to a different value using the RS232  interface  or via CompactFlash card instructions in main txt    You can derate timing for temperature at the rate of 0 35  per degree over 85  Xilinx Answer  1116 on the Xilinx website     011 1  Virtex 4 LX   1513              29       23   HSWAPEN PROGRAM B  aeri  INIT  577 0  CS B  790  Ya DONE 18  oH PWRDWN    RDWR_B                  DOUT_BUSY               Oya   Mt Y16                    0             TMS Late                           o       baste   EM AYES                            oH vcco o a                        R165  1K      20  H19     U4  STBY vec   o       TEMPA_STBY                            s                                                   SCL  14                             12   SMBCLK 3 C280 C428       SDA SMBDATA         4    1100pF    1000pF               PN       IRQn   lt  ALERT FPGA_DXN_A    om             687   194 ADDO NC    P168   ADD1 NC H    X  1K R167 7      1335  1K g  GND NC Hex  GND NC Hx                      TU MAX1617A QSOP16    Above  The FPGA temperature monitor circuit  The MAX1617 s IIC bus is connected to the  Configuration           The        polls all 16          once every second  The SMBCLK and    SMBDATA pins on the temperature monitor device are connected to the DN8000K10       bus 
210. speed inter fpga interconnect    DIR  ABC and DIR_CBA versions both used fixed ditection IO between FPGAs  In each  version  the direction is reversed to allow characterization of each bus in both directions      define INTERCON  SINGLE    define INTERCON LVDS DIR  ABC    define INTERCON LVDS DIR            The following define enables a DDR2 controller  This should be uncommented when  compiling FPGA F1  F2    13 and F14      define INCLUDE DDR2    1 3 2 Xilinx ISE     Xilinx ISE 7 11 project file is not included because ISE is updated so often  To place and route  the reference design  create a Xilinx ISE project file     Get the latest Xilinx ISE service pack from   http    www xilinx com xlnx xil sw  updates home jsp   Open Xilinx project navigator 7 11 SP4 or later  Earlier versions may not place and route the  design as intended by the reference designer     Select File  gt New Project   If you would like to use Xilinx built in XST synthesis  select HDL  Select the speed grade of the  FPGAs on your board  This information was specified in the packing slip  or can be obtained  from the USB Controller software menu option Get Stuffing Options  In the Add Existing Source  Dialog  if you ate using XST  select only the file fpga v  This Verilog source file will include all  Verilog source files necessary  Make sure not to check the           to project  box  or the Verilog  compiler will not be able to find the included files in the directory structure     If using XST for s
211. ss   10  data write   11                DF10 select byte in addr  read  and data bytes  FPGA_RD_DATA DF11   FPGA  WR  DATA DF12            ADDR DF13            ERROR DF14   GPIF DATA DF20   GPIF ERROR DF21   HOLD DONES DF22   STATES DF23  7 4             STATE   3 0             STATE           FREQ H DF24            FREQ SEL DF25            FREQ L DF26   MCU  STUFFING1 DF27   MCU  STUFFING2 DF28   SERIAL        CTRL 0 DF29   SERIAL        CTRL 1 DF30       80 1 CTRLO DF36       80 1            DF37       80 2            DF38   FPGA_COMMUNICATION   DF39       80 2            DF40   MB64_1_CTRL DF41       64 2 CTRL DF42       64 3 CTRL DF43   CPLD_CS_N_CTRL DF44   CPLD_DATA DF45   CPLD_ADDR DF46   GCLK_MSEL_CTRL DF47            PHO DVAL DF48   FPGA_PH1_DVAL DF49   FPGA  PH2 DVAL DF50             DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com 80          HARDWARE       CF_REG_OFFSET DFE       NEW_CONFIG_VERSION   DFFD       NEW BOARD VERSION   DFFE             OLD BOARD VERSION DFFF          These registers can be written to from the USB interface  See USB Software  Programmers Guide     2 5 6 Flash and SRAM memory space  The XDATA memory range 0x1 FFF to OxDEFF is mapped to an external SRAM         Inside FX2 Outside FX2  External RAM 2     7 5 Kbytes  USB registers  and endpint  buffers          0 5 Kbytes  Scratch RAM  E000          56 Kbytes  external code  memory         48 Kbytes  external data  memory    RD WR     1FFF                     8 Kbytes RAM  Code  amp  Data   0000  
212. t edge of the board  or the back of the chassis Grounded mounting holes are distributed     12 2 Base Plate  The DN8000K10 is shipped on a steel base plate to provide protection  stability and an easy way  to transport the board     The reverse side of the base plate has cutaway holes to allow access to the daughter card headers  and FPGA JTAG header from the bottom side   The base plate provides standoff holes for  mounting daughter catds  For exact dimensions of these stand offs see the section Hardware   Daughter cards     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 160       HARDWARE    Optionally  the DN8000K10 can ship in a 4U rack mount chassis assembly  See Section Ordering  information  Optional Equipment  Chassis        The DN8000K10 can also be operated outside of the carrier if desired     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 161       HARDWARE    13 Test points and Connectors                 P M 701 0172 0000 REV       coded        O                                                                                                             ax a        REY     D       AG       wm sji              us                             COPYRIGHT     2005    fee THE        GROUP LA JOLLA INC     a            WADE  IN USA                      13 1 Test points  The following table lists all of the test points on the DN8000K10 and the corresponding net                                            See Appendix Schematic   Assembly Label Label Net name Location Comment    278 LVEE5  
213. tIO signals DCO and DC3 differ from the other  300        MegArray connectors because they have no general purpose IO    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 155       HARDWARE       P100 2  BOL1P_SCL BOL17P_CC     i  BOL1N SDA B0L17N CC         BOL2P BOL18P  7512  BOL2N Section 2 of 5 BOL18N H11  BOL3P neue DIS BOL19P           BOL3N BOL19N       BOL4P BOL20P_CC 2  BOL4N   0120   CC       BOL5P BOL21P  B17    015   VREF BOL21N 673  BOL6P BOL22P   D14  BOL6N BOL22N   Hia  BOL7P BOL23P         BOL7N BOL23N       BOL8P BOL24P  14  BOL8N VREF BOL24N  A15  BOL25P   B16  BOL9P BOL25N     15  BOL9N VREF BOL26P  56  BOL10P    BOL26N  BOL10N 8 E7  BOL11P      BOL27P RIO1RXP  E7 FXO_DC_RIO_CH1_RxP 189  BOL11N     BOL27N_RIO1RXN  Eg FXO_DC_RIO_CH1_RxN 189  BOL12P    BOL28P_RIO1TXP  F5 FXO_DC_RIO_CH1_TxP 189  BOL12N_VREF  amp   BOL28N RIO1TXN               DC RIO CH1 TxN 189  BOL13P CC  amp   BOL29P_RIO2TXP             DC RIO CH2 TxP 189  BOL13N CC 2  BOL29N RIO2TXN  E13        DC RIO CH2 TxN 189  BOL14P      BOL30P RIO2RXP  E13        DC RIO CH2 RxP 189  BOL14N 2  BOL30N RIO2RXN  E15        DC RIO CH2 RxN 189  BOL15P   BOL31P_RIO3RXP 15 FXO_DC_RIO_CH3_RxP 189  BOL15N BOL31N_RIO3RXN        DC RIO CH3 RxN 189  BOL16P CC   AG  BOL16N CC   VCCOO 1  ko  VCCOO 2  MEG Array 300 Pin  P100 3  EIS B1L1P B1L17P a  K15 B1L1N Section 3 of 5 B1L17N K23         B1L2P        B1L18P CC 1724  A17       2   B1L18N CC  55  pig   BIL3P B1L19P CC  Boo  C17   BiL3N B1L19N CC 625  Dig   BiL4P B1L20P 536  H1
214. the chassis     Controls available on the front face of the Chassis are logic reset button  system reset button   power on button  an LCD readout with input buttons  USB port and four RS232 ports     3 2 Daughter cards  The Dini Group supplies standard daughter cards and memory modules that you can use with  the DN8000K10        DN8000K10DC300 card     48 signals on Mictor connectors  62 signals on 1    TP  headers  4 RocketIO channels  global clock input     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 190       REFERENCE DESIGN    GCA GCB MGTCLK          Oscillator    a    sma                  sua                                        Buffer RocketlO   LVPECL  QSE  input  LVDS   Connector     output   Are Ribbon cables        LVDS able   22            Selection               Jumpers                         Mictor          Mictor                               sma    sha                               Bank 0       sma       FPGA generated Output    Banks 1  2                                                       MEG Array  300 or 400 pin           4    DN8000K10DC400 card     48 signals on Mictor connector  124 signals on  1    pitch       headers  4 RocketIO channels  global clock input     SRAM module for use in the 200 pin SODIMM sockets of the DN8000K10  ODRII   300Mhz 64x2Mb    SRAM module for use in the 200 pin SODIMM socket  64x2Mb Standard SDR  SRAM  Pipelined or Flow through  NoBL available    RLDRAM module for use in the 200 pin SODIMM socket  64x16Mb  300Mhz DDRII  Flash
215. the config status of          that FPGA  DONE signal        DN8000K10 User Guide    www dinigroup com 54          USB SOFTWARE       VR_MEM_MAPPED Oxbe This vendor request reads or writes to the address space of the MCU  This vendor request  can be used with the configuration register map above to accomplish any configuration  task                          VR_SET_FANS Oxbf Does nothing on DN8000K10   VR_CLEAR_FPGA 0x90 Clears the selected FPGA of configuration data   VR_SM_CD Oxb8   VR_BOARD_VERSION Oxb9 Returns a byte representing the type of board  DN8000K10        4 4 USB Reference Design Control    4 4 1 Main Bus accesses   The USB Controller control the DN8000K10 reference design using USB vendor requests and  bulk transfers that access the configuration FPGA   s registers  These registers cause           Bus     transactions with the user FPGAs  All Main Bus transactions are initiated by the configuration  FPGA  To see a specification of the Main Bus interface  see Reference Design     To request a Main Bus interface write transaction  the USB Controller program sends a USB  bulk write to EP2  endpoint 2   The first byte contains a code  either 0x00 or 0x01  determining  whether the next 4 bytes contain an address or a datum  If this byte is a 0x00  the next 4 bytes in  the bulk transfer are stored into an address register  All data transferred to and from the main  bus is LSB first  The address 0x12345678 should be sent as    bulk transfer of 5 bytes  0x00   0x78  0x56
216. thesis project file  II         files in  source ucf      Dini Group Source code     The Make bat utility makes all of these changes based on the command line parameters  supplied     2 Implementation Details    Each test can be controlled and monitored by reading and writing the state of control registers  in each design  These registers are made accessible to the world by memory mapping them to  the           Bus  interface  The main bus interface uses the DN8000K10 signals  MB80B 37 0     These signals are common to all 16 FPGAs  Note that these signals are broken by bus switches   In order to operate the main bus  and hence the reference design  the switches enabling the  lower 5 bytes of the MB80B bus must be enabled  See Hardware  Interconnect  Main Bus for mote  information about      MB80B signals  See Address Maps below for details about the Main Bus  interface     The following subsections describe the function of each of the three reference design sets     2 1 Main          This reference design tests FPGA interconnect at low speed  and tests the DDR2 SODIMM  modules     Ead    MAIN BUS       The IO buffers    output and enable are memory mapped to the main bus interface  The registers  REG_OUT  REG_OE  REG_IN  REG_EN control the FPGAs IOs that ate used for inter   FPGA interconnect  See Address Maps for the locations of these registers on the main bus     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 177       REFERENCE DESIGN    The test logic is performed in the USB Co
217. tive  Receive Negative  and Receive Positive     You must use matched cables for a P N pair  Signals are routed on the host as 50Ohm  loosely  coupled differential signals     The vertical SMA connectors        The right angle SMA connectors extend beyond the back panel of the carrier assembly     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 157       HARDWARE                SMA connectors have a bandwidth of 16 24Ghz and        suitable for          4 RocketIO signals  up to 10Gbs     11 FPGA System monitor ADC    The System Monitor and ADC functions of the Virtex 4 FPGA are no longer supported by  Xilinx  One important function of the System Monitor  temperature sensing  has been added to  the configuration circuitry  The DN8000K10 will automatically monitor and prevent thermal  overload in the sixteen Virtex 4 FPGA array  No uset action is required  A Maxim MAX1617A  temperature monitor uses a current sensing voltage sours connected to the TDN and TDP pins  of the Virtex 4 FPGA to measure changes in internal temperature  The MAX1617A has an       interface to the Microcontroller  The microcontroller polls each of the sixteen temperature  monitors about once a second  If any of the temperature sensors measure beyond a            specified temperature  the microcontroller causes a boatd reset     The power supply pins of the system monitor are connected  As recommended by the Virtex 4  User Guide    DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 158       HARDWARE    FPGA A LX  200 Reserv
218. trol signals for the switches are connected to the  configuration FPGA     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 114       HARDWARE    7 FPGA DRAM Memory Interface    There are four standard 200 pin DDR2 SODIMM module sockets on the DN8000K10  These  sockets        supplied with 1 8V power and keyed for use with DDR2 SDRAMs  These four  sockets connect to FPGA F1  F2  F13 and F14        You can use any capacity standard DDR2 SODIMM module with the DN8000K10                 7 1 Clocking    An external 1 8V SSTL buffer is provided to clock the DRAM modules  The differential signals                and DDR              are length matched     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 115       HARDWARE    SO DIMM  CDCU877 CONN    ARRAY FPGA    DDR CLK OUT  D gt     DDR CLK FB       A list of the pin outs of the FPGA signal connections to the SODIMM interfaces is in  Appendix Pins  For a signal description of the DDR2 interface  see the DDR2 SODIMM  module specification     7 2 Signaling  7 2 1 Termination  External termination given on DQS signals  also CC signals on FPGA     All signals from DDR memory that don t have ODT have a 50 ohm termination to 1   2 the 1 8V  power supply  0 9V      You should use SSTL18_DCI for your DDR2 controller   DOS signals are 5511118 II     7 2 2 Source synchronous clocking  The bits in the byte lanes are arranged so that internally  the DQS signals can be used as a  source synchronous clock for the DQ signals     7 3 SODIMM Power supply   The SODIMM
219. tting is 8442     8442 causes the clock network to be sourced directly from the output of  the clock synthesizer    DIV causes the clock network to be sources from the post synthesizer  divider  This divider value can be set using the PH DIVIDE BY  setting   SMA causes the clock network to be supplied by the SMA clock inputs   SS is reserved for future use  Currently this setting will output 48Mhz  onto the global clock network        8442  lt synth name gt  Clock Frequency    lt number gt Mhz    The MCU will set the clock synthesizer specified by  lt synth name gt  to   lt number gt  MHz if possible  See the 1  58442 clock synthesizer datasheet  for the capabilities of the clock synthesizer         maximum output  frequency of the 8442 clock synthesizer is 800Mhz  although the  DN8000K10 will limit this to 500Mhz  because the Virtex 4 global clock  inputs cannot operate above this frequency  When the clock synthesizer is  outputting a frequency above 401Mhz  the duty cycle is not guaranteed to  be 50   This can be corrected using the Virtex 4 DCMs  If the  synthesizer is not capable of outputting the frequency specified by  lt N gt    the MCU will set the synthesizer to the closest output frequency available              MAIN BUS      lt                gt  Ox lt data gt        The MCU will write the 32 bit value  lt data gt  to the address  lt address gt   using the Main Bus interface  This interface is primarily designed for use  with the reference design provided  but it c
220. ure offered by the Virtex 4 is fully supported including 1Gbs differential  interconnect using Xilinx serdes pin multiplexing  The new 10Gbs MGTs on the DN8000K10  are connected to high speed off board connectors  SFP module connectors allow the use of the  new Xilinx EMAC modules included in Virtex 4 FX parts     1 Overview    The resources available to your emulation project include excessive inter FPGA interconnect   daughter card signals  four memory interfaces     HARDWARE    Below is a block diagram of the DN8000K10             1 1 1  Single ended or when paired  differential HHHH                          V 2 oL vbt  zz DDR2  408  DDR2         BHH     Sys SODIMM       SODIMM     L     3  E HH  5                  42                     re                  8 4           3  D wena                                           2     FF1513   FF1513  ot                           FPGA 4 n FPGA FPGA WEN    ess                          60 200  ere   3  RS prior        per  m    Frisia     FW we    E          FPGA    FPGA    E                                                00                          2         ets           m    The following sections describe in detail each circuit on the DN8000K10  Note that Schematics  appearing in this section are illustrative and may have had details omitted or have been modified  for clarity and brevity  If you need to probe  modity or design around the DN8000K10 you will  need to examine the complete schematics  See Appendix Schematics  An as
221. versions of the compiled reference design  you must do this step three  times to use all of the options in the AETest program     1 2 4        the RocketlO Test  Make sure the RocketIO version of the reference design is loaded into FPGAs      and F12        From the AETest main menu  select option 4  MGT Menu  The MGT test sends a repeating  test pattern out all of      RocketIO transmit pairs  and compares the input of each RocketIO  channel to that pattern  To run the test  you must loop back each                  pair     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 171       REFERENCE DESIGN    cx C  dpalmerMKS A4Etest_usb  aetest_usb  aeusb_wdm exe         gt  Display Registers  COL O gt     lt i gt  Display Registers  lt COL 12      2 gt  Loopback toggle Cparallel    gt serial    gt off gt      3 gt  Powerdown toggle     4        Polarity toggle     5   Invert      Polarity for SAMTEC loopback cable   lt   gt  USE REFCLK1     8   USE REFCLK2     9   Reset All     9   Quit   Enter Option           You        easily loop back the SMA channels by connecting the RX             connectors of each  MGT pair together with an SMA cable  The SFP modules can be tested with an LR loop back  attenuator   For LR modules     Option 5 of the MGT menu allows you to invert the polarity of      Samtec QSE                tiles  This must be done if you are using the QSE loopback cable     The MGT menu also allows you to modify the settings of the MGT tile  Some commonly used  testing features  
222. ynthesis  the following paths must be added to the project            common ddr2 ddr2_to_mb           common ddr2 controller_ver    If using XST for synthesis  you must add the following line to fpga v   define synthesis  This will disable all simulation only code     Add a  ucf file containing all of the signal Pin outs  IO settings  and location constraints  An  example  working  ucf file has been provided for each FPGA in the directory    standard reference design ucf    The same ucf file can be used for reference design branches        test and LVDS  Use   RocketIOtest v4 ucf  8k10    for compiling the RocketIO branch reference design     DN8000K10 User Guide www dinigroup com 175       REFERENCE DESIGN    1 3 3 The Build Utility  Make bat   A build utility is included that completes all the above steps using the command line version of  Xilinx ISE  The Build Utility is found at     FPGAcode DN8000K10 standard_reference_design build make bat        Make sure the following      XILINX  bin nt     are in your Path Environment variable     Make bat can be called with the following command line options      no option    all   clean   clean_all  synthesize_all  implement_all    same as all   synthesizes  implements  and updates for all 9 FPGAs    delete all intermediate files  but leave out directory intact    delete all generated files   synthesizes for all 16 FPGAs   implements for all 16 FPGAs  edif files must exist in rev_1 directory     update_all updates for all 16 FPGA
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
核種識別スペクトルメーター    KLASEN  Manual de Operação e Manutenção      Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file